SSTP Deck Complete-Unprotected

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
CADET’S GUIDANCE IN THE USE OF SSTP/CRB
1.0 FAMILIARIZATION IN SAFETY MATTERS
1.1 NAVIGATION AT OPERATIONAL LEVEL

STAGE 1
1.2 CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
1.3 CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF SHIP & CARE FOR PERSONS
ON BOARD AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
EK ENGINEERING KNOWLEDGE

STAGE 2


STAGE 3

4.0 TANKER WORK
5.0 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

DURING DRY DOCK
SP SHIPPING PRACTICE
ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SSTP

QUESTIONNAIRE
STRUCTURED SHIPBOARD TRAINING PROGRAMME
Introduction
Th e STCW 1978 as amended specifies th e comp etencies in bo th know ledge and sk ills required to
e n ab l e se afa r e r s p er f o r m t h e ir d u tie s eff i c i ent l y. Th is Stru ctur ed Shipbo ard Train ing Programme
shall aug men t ISF-TRB r equ ired b y th e Co mmission on H igh er Education in do cume n ting
d e monstrated co mp etence of th e cad et dur ing co mp letion of sea serv ice pr ior h is endor seme n t w ith
th e Profession al Regu lation Co mmi ssion for bo ard ex a mi n a t io n s. Thi s i s i n a ccor d anc e w i th th e
STCW 95 Conv en tion requ iremen ts fo r Off icer- in- Ch arg e of a N av ig ation a l W atch.
Flow chart
Cadet selection programme and Medical Examination
Two (2) years foundation subjects in accordance with CHED, STCW/

IMO Model Course including BSTC w/ PSSR
Shipboard Familiarization including additional upgrading courses
12 Months sea service including supervised Deck Watch Keeping

duties, Structured Shipboard Training Programme
Assessment of Structured Training Record Book, ISF-TRB, Sea-Service
1 year in School/ Academy to complete academic requirements for

Bachelors Degree in Marine Transportation
Licensure Examination
Officer –in-charge of Navigational Watch Operational Level
Page 1 of 9
STCW , r egu lation II /I and regu lation A-II /I, state, th a t, ev er y c an d ida t e f o r c er t if i ca t ion as o f f i c er
in ch arg e of nav ig a tional w a tch of sh ip s 500 G RT or mo re who se sea go ing serv ice, in acco rd ance
w ith paragraph 2 .2 of regu lation II-I , for ms p ar t of a training progr amme app roved as meeting the
r equ ir ement of th is section shall fo llow an approv ed prog ramme of o n board t ra ining wh ich :
1. ensur es th at dur ing the r equ ir ed p er iod o f seago ing the cand id ate r eceiv es systematic
pr actical train ing and exper ien ce in the task, du ties and r espon sib ilities of an off icer in
charg e of nav igation al w a tch , tak ing in to accoun t th e guidance g iv en in section B-III /I of
th e Code;
2. is c los e ly sup erv is ed and mo n itored b y qua lif ie d and ce r tif ica ted o ff ic er a board th e sh ips
in wh ich the approved seago ing serv ice is per for me d ; and
3. is ad equ a te ly do cu me n ted in a tr aining record book or similar do cu me n t.
Objective of NTC-M Structured Training Programme
To a ss ign tas k wh ich s timu la te th ink ing so th a t th e pro sp ectiv e off ice r :
acqu ir es the sk ills requir ed to b e a good off icer b y g e tting hand s-on exp er ien ce in var iou s
s h ip b o ard tas k
d evelop s conf id ence b y acqu ir ing th e know ledg e in the g ener a l pr in cip les and op eratin g
ins truc tion s of equ ip me n t on sh ip
acqu ir e know ledge in in ternation a l ru les and regu la tion per tain ing SOLAS and v ar ious I MO
Conven tions
g a ins a w e ll-round ed p er spectiv e of all sh ipboard op er ations
do cu me n t var ious co mp eten cies acqu ired during sh ipboard Tr ain ing, wh ich w ill prov id e
v a luab le r eferen c e know ledge for fu tur e pr actice of prof ession
Cadets Responsibility
I t is Cadet’s r e sponsib ility to co mp le te the progr amme s w ith in th e stipu lated time .
Structure
Th e p r o g r am me i s ma i n l y p r a c t ic al i n n a tur e a n d la ys emph asis on hands-on exper ien ce. The Cad e t
is encou rage d to sour ce th e an swe r fro m pers ona l exp erie nc e, ma nu a ls, dr aw ing s on board and
e xper ts who v is it the s hip . Cad e ts ar e exp ecte d to r ef er to v ar iou s docu me n ts pub lish ed b y I MO
( SOLAS , MA RPO L, e tc) th a t regu late th e p ar ticu lar task .
Th e SSTP is spr e ad ov er the sea go ing per iod of 12 mo n ths. In k e ep ing th e g en eral fr amework of the
I SF- TRB and STCW , this SSTP has b e en d esign ed as fo llow s:
Fun c tion 1 : N av iga tion a t Op era tion a l L ev e l

Fun c tion 2 : Cargo H andling and Stow age at Oper ational Level
Fun c tion 3 : Con tro lling Op eration of th e Sh ip and Car e for Per sons onbo ard at Op er ational Level
Each of the abo ve function s i s divided in to 3 stage s:

1 s t S tag e - 1 s t to 4 t h mo n t h s
2 n d S tag e -5 t h to 8 t h mo n t h s
3 r d S t age - 9 t h to 12 t h mon ths
Page 2 of 9
It is po ssib le th at th e Ca det ma y come across a qu estion that is no t rele van t to that sh ip. On ly th en
h e will b e permitted to g iv e a th eoretical answer.
In add ition to th e above, th e cad ets hav e to co mp lete the task s r e late d to th e follow ing subj ects in
th eir r esp ectiv e workbook s and ISF- TRB:
1. F a mi l i a r iz a t ion in S a f e t y M a t te r s
2. Tanker Work
3. Dr y-Do ck ing
4. Sh ipp ing Practic e
5. Eng in eering Know ledg e
Th e Cad e t w ill a lso be exp ec ted to:
1. K eep Br idge W a tch es and ob ta in a W a tch Ke eping Cer tif ica te in the pre s cr ib ed form g iven in
th e ISF-TRB und er th e superv ision of a cer tif ied of f icer.
2. S te er th e ship f ro m time to time and ob ta in S tee r ing Cer tific a te in th e pr es cr ib ed for m g iven
in th e I SF- TRB.
3. S tud y the Ru les o f th e Road on a con tinu a l ba sis and ma in ta in th e r ecord o f th is in th e I SF-
T R B.
He will also b e exp ected to ma intain th e fo llowing :
1. Por t Log To be f illed in for ev ery por t that th e sh ip v isit

2. Train ing Log Giv ing d e tails of Drills, Video s, CBTs, Demonstration s, etc.
3. Daily W orkbook 1 wo rkbook fo r ever y stage
4. Proj ect 2 proj ects in 12 mon ths at th e r a te of on e p roject for ev er y 6 mon ths
5. Nav ig a tion W orkbook Sigh ts, A z imu th , amp litud e, Terrestr ial N av igation, etc.
A ll cad e ts w ill be issu ed a NTC- M app roved SSTP Cad e t record Book. Th ey sh all fami liarize
th emselv es w ith th e layou t of th ese r e cord book s. Th ey should comp lete all r e lev an t p ag es and
ob tain th e sign atur es of th e Sh ipbo ard Tr aining Off ice r (S TO) whe nev er applic ab le, as proof of
c o mp le tion of th e ta sk.
Th e NTC- M in Cooperation w ith schoo ls assessmen t cen tres w ill b e responsib le for ma in tain ing an d
mo n itor ing th e r eco rds of SS TP.
At th e end of each qu arter, the Cad e t shall sub mi t t h e t e a r - o f f q u a r te r l y r e p o r t t o N T C- M a f te r

ob tain ing the ST O/ Ch ie f Of f i c e r ’ s S i g n a tur e . Th e se repo rts sh all b e filled p eriodically and ch eck ed
for corr ectness b efor e disp atch ing th e same to NTC- M. Upon r eceip t of th e qu ar ter ly r epor ts , NTC-
M r e cord and fo rward to th e A ssessme n t cen tre for endor seme n t.
Certificates duly endorse by their respective school’s Shipboard Training Officer shall be accepted by
the Assessment Center as satisfactory completion of the ISF-TRB in accordance with the SSTP and the
candidate will be endorse for the Degree in Bachelors of Science in Marine Transportation.
Throughout this process, the cadet ought to remember that SSTP and ISF TRB is required to be
presented to the assessor and the examining authority for verification.
Index
Qu estion s in th e SSTP for Familiarization , Functions, Tank er Work, and Dry-Dock ing, p lease refer
to th e nu mb er ing system in th e Cad e t Re cord Book. NTC-M h as g iven add itional qu estion s wh ich are
nu mb er ed with th e pr ef ix “X ”. Qu estions for th e add itiona l mo du les of Sh ipp ing Pra c tice and
Eng in e ering Knowledg e will be pr efix SP and EK, resp ectiv ely.
Page 3 of 9
Fo r ea s y re fe ren c e an A lph ab e tic a l and a Nu me r ic a l ind ex is prov id ed a t th e end of the
qu estionn air e. A “DON E” co lu mn is p rov ided in the ind ex to facilitate th e cad e t to ma in ta in a
r eco rd of the ta sk co mpleted . Th e cadet sh all pu t [√ ] in th is co lu mn to ind ica te c o mp le tion of th e
task.
Submission
Th e Cadet shou ld answer th e questions af ter sin cerely carrying ou t th e task under th e sup erv ision of
th e STO. It will b e the Cadet’s respon sib ility to ob tain the sign atures of the STO or the ch ief
Eng in e er in th e TRB as w e ll as in th e workbook s, wh en ever requ ired . Th e Cad e t w ill b e expected to
fo llow th e gu id elines prov id ed.
Courseware
The cadet will be given the following Materials by NTC-M, Cadet Project.
Questionnaire
Questions for the entire programme will be given upon reporting of cadet at NTC-M prior to the endorsement to the
Company for line up. The questions are with reference to the ISF – TRB task and additional questions. The questions in the
question bank are laid out under the following headings.
CRB Task
Related CRB Task – If similar questions exist elsewhere in the CRB or the ISF TRB the related task number should
be indicted for cross reference.
Questions – with reference to the CRB / ISF-TRB
Reference- gives the reference books, manual, person, etc, which the cadet may consult, preferably before carrying
out the task and answering the relevant questions.
Marks – Indicates the allotted marks for each of the questions.
Remarks – This column comprise of icons that will guide the Cadet in addressing the question.
The following icons have been used:
The cadet is required to sketch/draw neatly to demonstrate his understanding of the

DRAWING
task. Marks will be deducted for unsatisfactory drawings
The focus here is to get practical hands-on experience on the task. The cadet should
HANDS-ON
be able to satisfy the assessors that he can practically achieve the task
Some of the task will require Safety Precautions. The cadets are reminded that
WORK SAFETY
safety is our outmost importance and should take priority when doing any task
Cadets are encouraged to think and use common sense when attempting all tasks,
THINK &
especially the ones marked. Cadets are expected to use their initiative and
ANSWER
ingenuity when carrying out the tasks
NTC-M encourages the cadet to be independent and perform the task with as little
ASSISTANCE assistance as possible, especially when 1 person can do the task. However, it
NEEDED should be understood that some task can only be done with assistance and in such
cases, appropriate help should be sought.
STO’s Some tasks are required to be inspected personally by the STO. The STO should
SIGNATURE affix his signature in the workbook after satisfying himself that the task has been
REQUIRED done satisfactorily.
Page 4 of 9
In the course of his training, the cadet may be required to handle delicate
CARE
equipment/operation. All care must be taken into consideration to prevent any
REQUIRED
damage to the equipment when carrying out such tasks.
QUESTION This icon signifies numerical calculation. Scientific calculators may be used but
INVOLES cadets should not use any computer programs or special navigation calculators to
CALCULATION arrive at the answers.
The icon signifies that the cadet can refer to IMO documents like SOLAS,
IMO MARPOL, etc. IMO rules govern every aspect of shipboard equipment and
DOCUMENTS shipboard operation. Getting an overview of these rules will give the cadet a well-
rounded perspective of the subject.
Monthly workbooks
7 Workbooks (including familiarization) will be used for every stage.
Monthly Workbook 1 – Familiarization Workbook

The questions on familiarization should be answered in the first month for every ship that the cadet joins. The Cadet is not
encouraged to answer any of the other tasks. However, if some important tasks have been assigned to the Cadet and if this is
an answer to a task, then such answer should be filled up in Workbook no. 2.
Monthly Workbooks 2-7
Cadets should take note that he would also be required to answer task relating Deck knowledge, Tanker Work, Dry Dock and
Shipping Practice in their respective workbooks, in addition to the Monthly Workbook tasks.
The cadets shall answer the following number of tasks per Monthly workbook:
During Stage 1 : Minimum 32 task per month
During Stage 2 and 3 : Minimum 23 task per month
The Cadet should request STO to sign the relevant task in the respective sections of the CRB.
The Cadet should take note that 1 task may comprise of several sub-task. For the purpose of satisfying the criteria for
minimum number of task, one task shall be considered as all the sub tasks and sub-sub-task included in the main task given in
the first column of the questionnaire.
The Cadet should complete the workbook by the end of the month and dispatch it to NTC-M. (E.g. if the Cadet joins on the
5th of March, the familiarization workbook should be dispatched on the 5th of April or first port of call thereafter. The
remaining workbooks (2-7) should be dispatched around 5th of every subsequent month). The Cadet should fill all the
relevant vessel particulars in the Vessel data sheet of the Cadet Record Book or the ISF- TRB and attached a copy of this
sheet to the familiarization workbook.
Every workbook has the STO evaluation Sheet and this shall be filled by the STO after discussing with the Cadet. The Chief
Officer should approve the report by signing the same.
Dry Docking Workbook

One dry docking workbook will be issued to the cadet, prior joining the first ship.
This workbook shall be completed and dispatched to NTC-M within 30 days of completing the dry dock. If none of his ships
go to the dry dock, then, theoretical answers shall be given and the same dispatched.
Tanker Workbook
One (1) Tanker workbook shall be issued to the Cadet, prior joining a Tanker or prior his last ship as a Cadet. At least 50% of
the tanker Work Task shall be answered and submitted after the 4th Month along with the 4th Monthly Workbook. The
remaining task should be addresses in the Second workbook and sent, latest, along with the 8th Monthly workbook. If
however, he completes the Tanker Task earlier, he may submit the Tanker Workbook earlier.
Page 5 of 9
If Cadet is not assigned a tanker for the entire period of the SSTP, then, and only then, will he be allowed to give theoretical
answers for the questions.
Navigation workbook
One workbook will be issued for the entire period as a cadet. This book will be divided into sections for sights, azimuths,
amplitudes, course, distance and miscellaneous navigation calculations. All calculations should be done using tables and
scientific calculators. It is emphasized that cadets should get adequate practice in using the sextant and be familiar with
traditional methods of navigation in addition to using modern electronic navigation aids. The cadet shall request the STO or
OOW to sign at the bottom of the page after verifying each calculation.
Daily workbook
One workbook shall be issued for every stage of sea service.
The purpose of this workbook is to document the daily work assigned to a cadet. The cadet shall describe the learning
achieved by doing the daily work. The Cadet shall request STO to validate entries by signing after every week.
Training Log
One training log will be issued to the Cadet for the entire period of the SSTP.
The Cadet shall enter details of every Drill, Video, CBT and other training carried out on ship. The Cadet shall make a
summary of the learning attained and document it in this book.
The training Log shall be shown to NTC-M for evaluation after sea service.
Shipping Practice
One shipping Practice workbook will be issued to the Cadet prior joining the first ship.
The purpose of this module is to give the Cadet an exposure to the commercial aspects from the cadet’s perspective.
Engineering Knowledge
One Engineering Knowledge Workbook will be issued to the cadet. The purpose of this module is to give the cadet an
exposure to the general Engineering Knowledge from a cadet’s perspective.
Port log
This workbook will be issued to the cadet at the time of registration for the programme.
The cadet on each ship shall carry this log. The cadet shall fill in all the details of each terminal visited. A small map is also
appended in the last few pages, wherein, the cadet shall indicate the route of the ship followed on each voyage. It is advisable
to use different colours for different voyages. The cadet is encouraged to paste photographs of the ports, if permitted, in the
space provided. The cadet need not repeat the details if he calls the same ports more than ones. However, if he has any new
entries to make then he shall write the same in the port.
This log shall be shown to Assessor for evaluation after tenure.
Project Workbook
One Project Workbook will be issued for every month.
The purpose of a Project will be to get-in depth knowledge of a particular subject after referring to the instruction manual,
experience of various shipboard and shore staff, internet, etc. It will be most appropriate to write about some work being
done on board or an experience that the vessel undergoes. Project will be elaborate and contain sufficient photographs and
drawing to explain and support the text.
All the above materials may be inspected by the assessors and therefore should be retained by the
Cadet at least until the Cadet Secures his certificate of Competency.
Page 6 of 9
ON BOARD ACTIVITY CHART – STAGE 1, 2, 3
st nd rd th th th
1 2 3 4 5 6 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
Month Month Month Month Month Month Month Month Month Month Month Month
**ISF-TRB, Port Log, Training Log
Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily Daily
Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook
Project Workbook
Shipping Practice workbook (50% in Stage 1 and 50% on Stage 2)
Tanker Workbook
Quarterly Report
Monthly Seven (7) monthly workbooks including Fam.,
Tanker Workbook
workbook should be dispatched to NTC-M at the end of
Quarterly report No. 7
every month from the date of joining. e.g. if the
Monthly
workbook cadet joins on the 5th of March, monthly
No. 6 workbook should be dispatched every 5th of the
Vessel Monthly succeeding months.
Data Sheet workbook
No. 5 **to be inspected when cadets visits NTC-M
Fam. Monthly after sign off from the vessel.
Workbook workbook
No.1 No. 4
Advice NTC-M when Stage 1 is completed
Monthly End of End of
workbook stage 1 stage 2
No. 3
Monthly Start of Start of
workbook Stage 2 Stage 3
No. 2
Page 7 of 9
Communication Chart
1. All SSTP related communication from the cadet to NTC-M should be routed through the Master/ Chief Engineer or the STO.
Any communication that has been directly sent by the Cadet will not be entertained.
2. Please follow the flow chart below.
Cadet Completes monthly

workbook, tanker workbook Hands over to the Master/ Dispatches workbooks to
/dry-dock workbook / Shipboard Training NTC-M with
engineering knowledge/ Officer for dispatch endorsements
shipping practice as per SSTP
Corrections made
Compiled by cadet in and task redone in
his SSTP workbooks the next workbook
as instructed by
Received by NTC-M
NTC-M STO
Received by the vessel
NTC-M forwards report

to Master/ STO of Vessel Evaluates report
with necessary comments
Page 8 of 9
Evaluation
The evaluation will be on a continuous basis for every workbook. No special test will be conducted. It is in the Cadets
interest to take all questions seriously so that they complete the SSTP with good marks. The passing percentages will be
as follows.
Total Passing Marks Passing %

Subject
Marks
Familiarization 150 90 60%
Function 1: Navigation – Stage 1 600 360 60%
Function 2: Cargo Handling – Stage 1 285 171 60%
Function 3: Controlling Ops of Ships – Stage 1 368 221 60%
Dry Docking 150 90 60%
Tanker Work 600 360 60%
Daily Workbook 150 90 60%
Training Log 100 60 60%
Shipping Practice 100 60 60%
Engineering Knowledge – Stage 1 100 60 60%
Port Log 100 60 60%
Project Workbook 100 60 60%
The cadet should be able to accomplish 32 tasks for each month on Functions 1 to 3 and to be submitted monthly to the
office excluding the tasks on Familiarization.
Procedure if workbook not submitted or Cadet not achieving passing grades
In the event that the Cadet does not submit the workbook on time or does not complete the assigned task in the given
time frame, he will stand to lose 10% marks.
If the Cadet does not achieve a passing grade, he will have to repeat the assignment.
No concessions will be accorded to the Cadet on any account. The Completion Certificate will only be given if at least
60% of assignments are done as per requirement.
Theoretical Studies
The Cadet will return to school/ Academy after the completion of the Cadetship. During this time, there will be a focus
on studying the theoretical aspects of the various topics of his professional career.
Page 9 of 9
PARTICULARS
PERSONAL PARTICULARS
NAME:
ADDRESS:
DATE OF
BIRTH:
PASSPORT No.:
SIRB No.:
LICENSE:
TRAINING COURSES CERTIFICATE No. DATE ISSUED

SHIP’S PARTICULARS
VESSEL’S NAME:
PORT OF REGISTRY:
CALL SIGN:
OFFICIAL No.:
OWNER:
OPERATOR:
TRADE AREA:
LENGTH OVER ALL:
GROSS TONNAGE:
NET TONNAGE:
SUMMER FREEBOARD:
DEAD WEIGHT:
LIGHT DISPLACEMENT:
MAIN ENGINE
MAKER/MODEL:
OUTPUT/BHP/RPM:
SERVICE SPEED:
LENGTH OF STROKE/BORE:
FUEL TYPE/CONSUMPTION:
AUXILIARY ENGINE
MAKER/MODEL:
OUTPUT/BHP/RPM:
LENGTH OF STROKE/BORE:
FUEL TYPE/CONSUMPTION:
STEERING GEAR MAKER/TYPE:
TURBO CHARGER:
ECONOMIZER:
AUXILIARY BOILER
MAKER/MODEL:
WORKING PRESSURE:
LIFEBOAT CAPACITY:
No. OF LIFE RAFTS/CAPACITY:
CARGO HANDLING GEAR:
CRANES MAKER/TYPE/CAPACITY:
Related
CRB task QUESTIONS Reference Marks Remarks
CRB Task
Copy the Crew List of your vessel (Name,

1.0.1 Rank, Nationality, and Age) in the 2
Familiarization workbook.
Where is the Emergency Muster station on
1.0.2 your vessel located? 2
Demonstrate recognition of the alarm

signals for:
A. Fire
1.0.3 1.0.4 B. Emergency
6
C. Abandon ship
Make a list in your TRB.
Identify/ explain your tasks during
1.0.4 shipboard emergencies as posted in the 2
muster list.
Draw the shortest escape route from your
1.0.5 cabin to the Emergency Muster Station in 5
the above plan.
1.0.6 Locate medical and first aid equipments. 2
Who are the Safety Officer, Security Officer
1.0.7 and Fire Chief on your vessel? 2
Identify the duties and responsibilities of

1.0.8 Master, Chief Officer, Chief Engineer, and 3
1st Assistant Engineer.
Explain life jacket/ immersion suits donning
1.0.9 procedures. 5
A. State the make/type of smoke/fire

detector in your cabin.
B. Explain how is it activated?
C. What source of power does it have?
D. Assist in carrying out testing of fire
detection and alarm systems.
1.0.10 1.0.34 E. Assist in testing/ assist in carrying out 15
maintenance on:
• Sprinklers
• Fire doors
• Fire extinguishers
• BA sets
A. Identify the location of the fire plan.
1.0.11 B. Where can we find the duplicate 4
copies of the fire plan?
Locate/list the various IMO Safety Symbols
1.0.12 on your ship and explain their meaning 3
Page 1 of 3
Related
CRB Task
Read and note down in your workbook the

specific shipboard procedures to be
followed in the following cases:
A. MOB Ship’s
B. FIRE
1.0.13 1.0.4 C. OIL SPILL
Contingency 8
D. PIRACY Plan
E. GROUNDING
F. FLOODING
G. Other shipboard emergencies
A. Demonstrate knowledge of cargo
handling equipments including alarms
1.0.14 5.0.22 and monitoring equipments. 8
B. Identify hi-level alarms.
C. Identify hi-hi level alarms.
A. Demonstrate knowledge on fixed fire
fighting system.
1.0.15 6
B. How can this be activated?
A. Locate the emergency generator room.

B. Explain how emergency generator can
be started.
1.0.16 C. List the equipments supplied by the 8
emergency generator.
A. Locate the emergency fire pump.

B. Explain emergency fire pump’s start
up procedures. State how it is
powered.
1.0.17 C. What is the fire pumps working
8
pressure?
D. Carry out testing of the emergency fire
pump. State frequency of testing.
A. Locate emergency compressor, explain
start up procedures, and state how it is
1.0.18 powered. 6
B. List the equipments supplied by the
emergency compressor.
A. Locate the compressor for breathing
apparatus.
B. Explain how maintenance is carried
out and at what interval.
1.0.19 C. What is the working pressure for this 8
compressor?
D. How often do you replace suction
filter?
Start up the life boat engine.
A. Explain start up procedures.
B. State what are to be checked prior to
1.0.20 starting. 6
C. How do you start life boat engines in
colder areas?
Page 2 of 3
Related
CRB Task
A. Carry out routine maintenance on fire

dampers and fire flaps.
B. How often is the greasing of these
1.0.21 flaps and dampers carried out? 4
Visit the following areas and give

information as required:
A. Bridge – Draw a plan showing various
3
equipments
B. Poop deck – Draw a plan showing
various equipments.
2
C. Steering Flat – State the type of
1.0.22 1.0.10 steering system. State the procedure 3
for emergency steering system.
D. Paint Locker – State the location and
fire fighting arrangement.
3
E. Refrigeration chambers – State the
number and purpose of reefer rooms.
Describe the alarm system in each of
3
these rooms.
Locate the EPIRB/SART.
1.0.23 A. State the make/purpose, explain 4
operational procedures.
Explain the importance of adhering to

1.0.24 company’s drug and alcohol policy. 3
Identify locations of company manuals for

1.0.25 Safety and Quality Management. 4
Demonstrate knowledge on company’s

1.0.26 quality policy. 3
Demonstrate knowledge on company’s

1.0.27 environmental protection policy. 3
A. Demonstrate knowledge on ship’s

1.0.28 security plan. 6
B. Explain your assigned security duties.
Page 3 of 3
(Familiarization)
MONTHLY WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Vessel: Type of Vessel:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3 Book: 1 / 2 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 / 7
Task Report Sheet (Familiarization)
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
No Task No. (to be filled No Task No. (to be filled
Completed by Completed by
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Note to STO: Before signing, the STO should satisfy himself that the cadet has actually performed the tasks as listed above.
Task Answer Sheet (Familiarization)
Task Answer Sheet (Familiarization)
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
1.1 NAVIGATION AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Related
CRB task CRB QUESTIONS Reference Marks Remarks
Task
1.1.1 Consult Navigational Publications

A. Locate the Admiralty Chart catalogue on
your vessel and study its contents.
3
B. List the various UK Hydrographic Office
products and services that are referenced in 2
the Catalogue. BA Chart
C. What do you understand by the term “Chart
Catalogue 2
1.1.1.1 Folio”?
D. How many Folios have the world charts
been divided into, by the British Admiralty? Chart Folios 1
E. How are charts on board your vessel
organized? Is there a folio system on your
vessel? How many folios have the charts
2
been arranged into on your ship?
Locate the Admiralty Notices to Mariners on
your vessel and study its contents. List its BA Notices
1.1.1.2 contents and explain the purpose of this 5
publication.
to Mariners
A. Locate the Sailing Directions on your vessel

and study the structure of its contents. How
many volumes has the world been divided
into by the British Admiralty? List the
3
various sources from where you can get this
BA Sailing
1.1.1.3 information.
B. In what order have the various chapters
Directions
been numbered?
2
C. State the procedure of finding information
for approaches to the next port on your 2
current voyage from the Sailing Directions.
A. Locate the List of Lights on your vessel and
study its contents. How many volumes has
the world been divided into by the 2
Admiralty and where can you get this
information? BA List of
B. What is the importance of this publication Lights
on board your ship?
1
C. What details are available against each Mariner’s
light?
2
Handbook
1.1.1.4 D. In the Admiralty List of Lights, what do the
lights typed in bold, Roman and italics
indicate?
1
E. Consult the List of Lights and give the

complete details of any one major light.
2
F. Locate the Mariner’s handbook on your
vessel. What is the publication number?
1
G. What kind of information does this
publication give the navigator?
3
Page 1 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
A. How many volumes of Tide Tables does the

Admiralty publish?
1
B. Name the areas that each of them cover.
What is the importance of this publication 3
on board your ship?
C. What details are available against each
Port?
1
3.1.1.2 BA Tide
1.1.1.5 D. What are Standard and Secondary Ports? 2
3.1.1.3 Tables
E. How is a new moon and full moon indicated
in the Tide Table?
1
F. How does this information influence the
tide?
2
G. Using Tide Tables, find out tides for any of
the Standard ports your vessel is operating 2
in for 14th of September.
A. What are the different types of Distance
Tables available on your ship?
1
B. How many volumes are published and for
which areas?
2
Distance
1.1.1.6 C. Using Distance Tables, determine the
Tables
distance between any 2 ports that are more 2
than 3000 miles apart.
D. Give all alternative routes and the
corresponding distances.
3
A. List all volumes of Admiralty List of Radio
Signals (ALRS) giving a short description 8
on the contents of each.
B. Using ALRS, find all particulars of any
Racon in your vessel’s area of operations.
3
1.1.1.7 C. Using ALRS, note down the reporting ALRS
procedures for your next port of call. State
which volumes of ALRS you consulted.
2
A. Locate the publication “Ocean Passages for

the World” on your vessel and study its 1
contents. What is the publication number?
Ocean
B. What is the information available from this
1.1.1.8 Passages for 3
publication?
C. Using Ocean Passages of the World, locate the World
the Load Line zones diagram and list 3
different types of zones.
A. Explain the process by which you would
select charts and publications for a voyage. 5
1.1.1.9 Chart Work
B. Where would you locate the date of
publication of the chart, scale of the chart 2
and the small correction?
Page 2 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
Using Admiralty Chart 5011 (or USCG chart no.

1 or Indian Chart 5020) draw symbols and/or
give abbreviations for:
1
a) Steep coast, Cliffs
b) Flood tide 1
c) Depth contour 10 meters 1
d) Clay bottom 1
e) Rock which covers and uncovers 1
f) Wreck, depth unknown, which is considered
dangerous to surface navigation
1
g) Obstruction or danger to navigation, depth
unknown Admiralty 1
h) Wreck showing any part of hull or Chart 5011
superstructure at the level of chart datum (or USCG 1
1.1.1.10
i) Production platform chart no. 1 or 1
j) Precautionary area Indian Chart 1
k) Conical buoy 5020) 1
l) West cardinal mark 1
m) Isolated danger mark 1
n) Radar transponder beacon, 10 cm 1
o) Data collection buoy 1
p) Anchoring prohibited 1
q) Submarine cable 1
r) Pilot boarding place 1
s) Chimney 1
t) Position of tabulated tidal stream data with
designation
1
A. Using a chart catalogue, identify the
Gnomonic chart, which would be used for a 1
voyage from Tokyo to Los Angeles.
B. Also identify the corresponding Mercator
charts.
1
Principles
C. Compare the 2 charts and explain the
1.1.1.11 of
difference between them. If you do not
have these charts on board, compare any Navigation 1
Gnomonic chart with a corresponding
Mercator chart.
D. Practically, how will you utilize the
Gnomonic chart for planning your passage.
2
A. What do you understand by the term “small
scale chart” and the term “large scale 1
chart”?
1.1.1.12 B. Differentiate between an Ocean chart, Chart Work
coastal chart and a plan chart.
1
C. What is the scale of an Ocean chart, a chart
used for coasting and a plan chart?
1
Page 3 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
A. In your workbook, paste a typical

navigational warning and a weather forecast 1
received on your vessel’s Navtex receiver.
1.1.1.13 ALRS
B. Write a brief summary of your
understanding of the message and the codes 2
used.
1.1.2 Identify Charts and Publications
List the chart numbers that will be required for a
1.1.2.1 voyage from Mumbai to Dubai.
1
Bridge
List the publications that will be required for a Publications
1.1.2.2 voyage from Mumbai to Dubai.
1
A. How will you determine that the charts and
publications selected are the latest editions?
2
B. What do you understand by the term ”small
corrections”?
1
1.1.2.3 Chart Work
C. How will you determine whether the charts
and publications that you have selected for
the voyage have been corrected to the latest
2
date?
1.1.3 Learn about Compasses, their importance and compass errors
A. Locate the Gyro and Magnetic Compasses Maker’s
on board your vessel. In your workbook, Manual
write down details (type, make, model, etc.)
2
of the compasses.
B. Explain their functions and limitations Bridge
1.1.3.1 1
briefly. Equipment
C. How many repeaters does the gyrocompass &
have and where are they located? Watchkeeping 1
D. Locate the spare magnetic compass bowl. 1
Draw a neat diagram showing graduations of
1.1.3.2 compass in degrees and points.
3
A. Locate the Azimuth mirror on your ship and
draw a neat-labeled diagram of the Azimuth 3
1.1.3.3 mirror.
B. Explain how you would use it for terrestrial
and celestial bearings.
1
Explain the following briefly, using an
appropriate figure: 1
a) Rational horizon Principles
X.1.1.3.3 b) True altitude of 1
c) Zenith distance Navigation 1
d) Azimuth 1
e) Amplitude 1
A. What do you understand by the term
“Comparing of compasses”?
1
1.1.3.4 B. State briefly the importance of comparing
compasses. 1
Page 4 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
A. Determine the Gyro and Magnetic compass

error on your ship using a terrestrial object.
Explain the procedure that you have
2
followed.
B. Explain how you will determine the Practical
1.1.3.5 1.1.3.6
Compass errors by taking the Azimuth of a Navigation 3
celestial object.
C. Determine the Gyro and Magnetic compass
error on your ship by Azimuth, using the 12
Sun, Moon, Stars and Planets.
A. Document the above working and also the
details in your workbook, as per the format
of your ship’s Azimuth log and request the 3
STO to confirm the compass error by
1.1.3.6 1.1.3.5 putting his signature and ship’s stamp.
B. Apply the compass error determined to your
True Course to obtain the course to steer by 1
Gyro and by Magnetic compass.
Check with your STO whether the gyro is
scheduled for overhauling or whether the
Magnetic compass is scheduled for adjustment. Maker’s
1.1.3.7 Request to be present during the
3
Manual
overhaul/adjustment. Record your observations
in the workbook.
Assist the duty officer during comparing of
compasses and describe precisely how you will
1.1.3.8 1.1.3.4 synchronize the repeaters with the Master Gyro
3
compass.
A. What do you understand by Magnetic
Variation?
1
B. What are the various sources from which
you can locate this information?
1
C. Calculate the variation for your vessel’s
current position corrected for the current 1
1.1.3.9 2.1.2.3 day. Show details in workbook. Chart Work
D. What do you understand by Magnetic
deviation?
1
E. Copy the deviation curve of your ship’s
compass into your workbook.
3
F. How often does the Magnetic compass need
calibration?
1
Determine the Gyro and Magnetic compass error
on your ship by Amplitude using the Sun.
Document the working and also the details in
Practical
1.1.3.10 your workbook, as per the format of your ship’s 3
Azimuth log, and request the STO to confirm the Navigation
compass error by putting his signature and ship’s
stamp.
Page 5 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
2.1.2.3 What on board care and maintenance is to be

carried on the Gyro and Magnetic compasses by
1.1.3.11 2.1.6.7 the ship staff? Assist the Officer when he is
2
3.1.1.4 carrying out this maintenance.
What is the effect of loading ferrous cargo on a Magnetic
1.1.3.12 magnetic compass?
2
Compass
1.1.4 Maintenance of Course steered
A. What is the purpose of having an Off-course Maker’s
alarm?
2
Manual
B. How can it be tested? At what frequency
1.1.4.1 2.1.2.2 1
should this test be carried out?
C. State the procedure of setting this alarm on Company’s
your vessel’s steering system. Manual 1
State the procedure for setting the time and
Maker’s
1.1.4.2 present ship’s head on the course recorder of 1
your vessel. Manual
State various routine markings that are to be
1.1.4.3 made on the course recorder paper.
1
Note the course steered. Compare this with the
charted true course. What are the various
1.1.4.4 reasons that this difference could be attributed
2
to?
1.1.5 Identify conspicuous objects and other terrestrial aids to navigation during daylight and at night
A. Identify on the chart of the current voyage,
various aids to navigation such as
lighthouses, light vessels, sector lights,
leading lights, direction lights, beacons, 5
buoys, etc. Draw in your workbook the
symbol with the characteristics as given on
BA List of
1.1.5.1 the chart, for any 5 of the above.
B. Refer to the Admiralty List of Lights and
Lights
write down the corresponding 2½
characteristics of the structure of the above.
C. Identify the lights by sight as you pass the
light and request OOW/STO to confirm this 2½
by signing in your workbook.
With respect to lights, define the following,
using diagrams where necessary: 1
a) Elevation
b) Range 1
c) Period & Phase 1
d) Sector light BA List of 1
X.1.1.5.1 e) Leading lights 1
Lights
f) Flashing 1
g) Group Flashing 1
h) Occulting 1
i) Quick 1
j) Isophase 1
Page 6 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
Identify 2 lighthouses/shore objects near your

vessel. Take bearings of these 2
lighthouses/shore objects and determine your
1.1.5.2 vessel’s position. In your workbook, make a
3
scale drawing of the relevant area of the chart
and the ship’s position as obtained above.
A. State rule 5 as per the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea 1
(Colreg). Colreg
B. Name all the publications where you can
find the collision regulations.
1
C. Keep a look out watch by day, night and STCW
during restricted visibility and record the
1.1.5.3 2
same in your workbook. Get this verified
by the OOW.
D. What were the tasks that you carried out Bridge
while on look out duty? Procedures 1
E. State the duties that an OOW would carry Guide
out while on bridge watch at sea and at 3
anchor.
A. Read the publication NP 735. Differentiate
between Region A and Region B of the 4
IALA Maritime Buoyage System.
1.1.5.4 NP 735
B. Draw neat diagrams showing the IALA
Maritime Buoyage System of both regions 6
as given in NP 735 (Diagram 10 & 11).
A. How will you report to the OOW when you
sight a vessel on the horizon?
3
B. What do you understand by the following:
a) Right ahead
1
b) Head-on 1
c) Fine on the port bow 1
d) 1 point on starboard bow 1
e) 1 point forward of the starboard beam 1
1.1.5.5
f) On the port beam 1
g) 2 points abaft the port beam 1
h) Right astern 1
C. Draw a neat accurate diagram showing all
the above points and the relative compass 3
bearings in degrees.
D. What would you infer from a bearing
“opening” and a bearing “closing”?
2
A. Explain the term “Magnitude” with
reference to stars.
2
B. List the magnitude, the astronomical name,
Nautical
1.1.5.6 common name and number of all stars 3
brighter than magnitude 1.0.
Almanac
C. List the names and magnitudes of all planets
used for navigation.
1
Page 7 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
1.1.6 Determine Ship’s position, and calculate the DR position with the knowledge of courses steered
and distances steamed
A. Define the following terms. Use diagrams,
where appropriate. 2
a) Latitude
b) Longitude 2
c) D’lat & D’long 2
X.1.1.6 d) Dead reckoning position 2
e) Estimated position 2
f) Observed position 2
g) Speed made good 2
h) Course steered 2
i) Course made good 2
A. Record in your workbook all the waypoints
of any voyage having at least 10 waypoints.
(If your ship is on short voyages, then,
3
several voyages may be clubbed together.)
Practical
1.1.6.1 B. Indicate the name of the port of departure
and arrival.
Navigation 1
C. Work out the course and distance between
the waypoints. Obtain the navigating 5
officer’s signature against your working.
Enumerate the reasons for a difference to arise
1.1.6.2 between a DR and Observed position.
3
A. How will you determine the vessel’s DR

position using: 1
a) Ship’s Log and course steered
b) Engine RPM and course steered 1
B. Referring to task 1.1.6.1, determine the
vessel’s DR position 2 hours from an
observed position on any leg and make a 3
1.1.6.3 scale drawing to describe this. Obtain the
navigating officer’s signature.
C. Describe the relation between rpm, pitch
and the ship’s speed. (assume slip = 0) 2
D. Assuming slip = 0, tabulate your vessel’s
speed for rpms at D S Ahd, S Ahd, H Ahd, 2
F Ahd and Full Away speeds.
For any 3 consecutive days on your voyage in
task 1.1.6.1, calculate daily noon to noon
2.1.7.10 distance, average speed, course made good, set
1.1.6.4 and drift encountered, ETA at next Waypoint 5
2.1.10.2
and ETA at destination. Obtain the navigating
officer’s signature against your working.
Page 8 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
A. What do you understand by the terms “set”

and “drift”?
2
B. In task 1.1.6.3, what will be your DR in the
following cases:
a) A current setting you to the West at 1
1
knot
1.1.6.5 Chart Work
b) A wind from SE causing a drift of 1
knot
1
c) A combination of the above current and
wind
Obtain the navigating officer’s signature
1
against your working.
1.1.7 Operate all navigational equipment carried on the ship and apply the information obtained to
ascertain the ship’s position
What is the full form of RADAR? On what Shipborne
X.1.1.7 principle does a Radar work?
3
Radar
A. In your workbook, note down the
particulars of the Radars on your ship and Maker’s
briefly state the procedure for their
3
Manual
operation as stated in the operation manual.
2.1.3.1
1.1.7.1 B. What precautions will you take before you
2.1.8.2 switch on the Radar?
2
C. Having studied the procedure, request the Shipborne
navigating officer to supervise you as you Radar 2
switch the Radar on.
Explain the functions of the following controls
of a Radar: 1
a) Brilliance
b) Gain 1
c) Tuning 1
d) Anti – Sea clutter Shipborne 1
X.1.1.7.1 e) Anti – Rain clutter 1
Radar
f) Variable Range Marker 1
g) Range rings 1
h) Electronic bearing line 1
i) North up display 1
j) Head up display 1
A. Define CPA and TCPA. 2
B. While on a course of 042 (T) at 15 Kts a
target on the Radar screen was observed at
0640 hrs to bear 351 (T) at a range of 11 M. Shipborne
1.1.7.2 At 0652 it bore 355 (T) at 7.1 M range. Radar 3
Find the time and distance at nearest
approach (CPA), course and speed of target.
Show the workings in the workbook or
attach the plotting sheet.
Page 9 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
What do you understand by Parallel Indexing? Shipborne

1.1.7.3 Explain with the help of diagrams.
3
Radar
A. How is the Radar used for position fixing? 2
B. What are the factors that determine the
accuracy of Radar fixes? Shipborne 3
1.1.7.4 3.1.3.13
C. What are the possible errors when taking a Radar
Radar bearing?
3
D. Explain briefly about each error. 3
A. What do you understand by Decca chains? 2
B. In which BA publication will you be able to Bridge
locate information of Decca chains in Equipment 1
1.1.7.5
operation and their coverage? &
C. Briefly explain the principle of operation for Watchkeeping
Decca navigator.
3
How is Decca navigator used to fix a ship’s
1.1.7.6 position?
2
A. Describe the errors of a Decca system. 1
1.1.7.7 B. Describe the procedures to correct the errors
of the Decca system.
2
A. On what principle does an echo sounder Maker’s
work? Explain with the help of a suitable Manual 4
diagram.
1.1.7.8 B. What are the controls on the echo sounder Bridge 5
equipment and what are their uses?
Equipment &
C. What are the errors of an echo sounder? Watchkeeping 3
How many echo sounder transducers does your
X.1.1.7.8 vessel have and where are they located? 2
A. What does the abbreviation LORAN stands

for?
1
B. Explain briefly the working of LORAN C Bridge
system.
2
Equipment
1.1.7.9 2.1.6.8 C. State the errors of the LORAN C system. & 1
D. In which BA publication will you be able to Watchkeeping
locate information of Loran chains in 1
operation and their coverage?
A. What is the make/model of the GPS
equipment on your vessel?
1
B. Draw a labeled diagram of the GPS front Equipment
3
panel. Operating
C. Name the basic function keys and state their Manual
use.
4
1.1.7.10
D. What is the starting & the operating Bridge
procedure of the GPS equipment on board Equipment & 3
your vessel? Watchkeeping
E. What checks will you carry out to ensure
correct working of the equipment? 2
Page 10 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
F. In case of a power failure, what back up is

provided for your GPS? 1
“Datum” and how is this useful in Mariner’s 1
navigation? Handbook
B. Where will you find information regarding
X.1.1.7.11 the Datum in use and how will you feed this 2
information to your GPS equipment? Bridge
C. What errors would result in case of a wrong Equipment &
datum being entered in your GPS Watchkeeping 2
equipment?
A. With the help of a diagram, explain the Bridge
principle of obtaining a fix by GPS.
10
Equipment &
B. When on a coastal passage, take a visual fix Watchkeeping
1.1.7.12 and a GPS fix at the same time. Make a Modern 4
scale drawing of this in your workbook. Electronic
C. What are the possible reasons for a Navigation
difference between the 2 positions? 2
Aids
A. What do you understand by the abbreviation
ARPA? Maker’s 1
1.1.7.13 2.1.6.13
B. Briefly state the functioning of an ARPA Manual
with special reference to various controls.
6
A. State the type of Speed Log on your vessel. Maker’s 1
1.1.7.14 2.1.6.8
B. Describe its operating procedures. Manual 3
Modern
Compare the different methods of position
Electronic
1.1.7.15 fixing using various electronic aids to navigation 12
on your ship. Navigation
Aids
1.1.8 Demonstrate careful handling of a Chronometer and Sextant
A. What is a marine chronometer? 2
B. How will you ascertain the error of your
chronometer? Marine 1
C. Which BA publication will give you the Chronometer
1
1.1.8.1 information regarding time signals?
D. What are the radio frequencies/stations on Practical
which you can obtain the radio time signal?
1
Navigation
E. Are there any other sources where you can
find the GMT accurately on the bridge? 1
Assume you are given the task of taking the
chronometer time when the 2nd officer is taking a
1.1.8.2 sight. Describe how you will go about doing 3
this practically, keeping in mind that accuracy is
of prime importance.
A. Draw a neat-labeled diagram of a marine
sextant. Marine 5
1.1.8.3 2.1.6.2
B. What are the various sextant errors and how Sextant
are they corrected?
8
Page 11 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
A. Take a sextant altitude of the Sun and Moon

and correct the altitude for all errors. Show 6
the working in your workbook.
B. Correct the chronometer time for error. Practical
1.1.8.4 2.1.3.3
Record the same in your workbook. Navigation
Request the navigating officer to confirm 2
that you have taken a proper altitude and
noted the correct chronometer time.
Explain with the help of a diagram:
a) vertical sextant angle
1
b) horizontal sextant angle 1
1.1.8.5 Chart Work
c) how a horizontal sextant angle is used to
obtain a position circle? 2
1.1.9 Transmit and Receive Information Visually

A. What are the various equipments on board
available for sending a morse signal?
1
B. Study the Morse code by heart. Write
down the Morse code for all alphabets and 4
numerals in your workbook.
C. Practice the Morse code for at least one
month. Practice mentally at every
opportunity. After 1 month of practice, International
request the STO or OOW to receive the
1.1.9.1 2.1.4.1 Code of 5
following message which you will transmit
by Morse: Signals
The quick brown fox jumps over the
lazy dog 1234567890
D. Request the STO/OOW to transmit a
message by Morse to you and check your
Morse receiving skills. Write down the 5
message that is sent by the STO/OOW in
your workbook.
A. What are the various sizes and shapes of
flags available on board?
1
B. What is an ensign? Bridge 2
1.1.9.2
C. Draw the national flag of the country of Publications
registry of your vessel.
1
D. Draw the Indian red ensign. 2
A. Using bunting cloth available on board,
stitch a flag measuring 6” x 4” of any one of
the following countries: India, Bangladesh,
Japan or Norway. Attach this Flag to the
5
1.1.9.3 3.1.7.1 workbook. Request your STO to confirm
by signing in the workbook.
B. Explain what method is used to prevent the
fly-end from fraying.
2
Page 12 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
Use the IMO publication Standard Marine

Communication Phrases (SMCP) as your
reference and explain the following:
½
a) Port 20
b) Hard-a-starboard ½
c) Ease to 10 ½
d) Finished with wheel – also state when this
order will be used
½
e) Port, steer three zero five ½
f) Steady ½
g) Steady as she goes ½
h) How will you report when the ship is not
responding to the helm given?
½
i) Bow thrust full/half to port side ½
j) You heard the Master telling the OOW:
1.1.9.7 You now have the watch. What do you ½
1.1.9.4 SMCP
2.1.10.4 understand by this?
k) You heard the Master telling the OOW: I
now have the conn. What do you ½
understand by this?
l) Walk out port anchor ½
m) Walk back port / anchor one / shackle ½
n) Pay out cable ½
o) Off air ½
p) How will you correct a mistake made in
transmission on VHF?
½
q) Correct the following as per SMCP:
“May I enter fairway?”
“You should anchor in anchorage B 3.”
1½
“You could be running into danger.”
r) Rendezvous ½
A. What is the meaning of the term “Dress
ship”?
2
B. Where and under what circumstances are
1.1.9.5 the following flags hoisted: National flag, 4
ensign, house flag, and courtesy flag?
C. How will you salute a naval ship? 1
D. When is a flag hoisted at half-mast? 1
A. From the appropriate Admiralty publication,
find out the VHF channel and correct
calling name for the following pilots:
Rotterdam, Buenos Aires, New York.
1.1.9.3 B. For your next port of call, request the OOW Admiralty
1.1.9.6 6
2.1.10.4 to allow you to contact the pilot station Publications
giving ETA and other information.
Write down the entire transcript of your
communication with the pilot station and
your entry into the VHF log.
Page 13 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
A. Write the meaning of the following single

letters as per international code of signals: ½
a) A
b) B ½
c) G ½
d) H ½
International
e) Q ½
1.1.9.7 Code of
f) Y ½
Signals
B. Write your full name in phonetics and draw
the corresponding flags in your workbook.
2
C. When will you use the answering pendant? 2
D. Study the publication International Code of
Signals. Note in your workbook the various 3
topics as given on the contents page.
A. What is a daylight-signaling lamp? How is
it used?
1
1.1.9.8 3.1.7.8
B. What is the make and model of this
equipment on board?
1
A. How is the Aldis lamp powered in an
emergency?
1
1.1.9.8 B. What care and maintenance does this Maker’s
1.1.9.9 1
3.1.7.8 equipment require? Manual
C. What maintenance does the power unit
require?
1
A. How will you signal to a shore station using International
flags?
1
1.1.9.10 Code of
B. How will you answer a signal using flags? Signals 1
1.1.10 Competence in Meteorology
Wherever possible/relevant, note down the
make/model/type of the following equipment on
board your vessel.
Write a short note on each, accompanied by a
2
diagram:
a) Anemometer
b) Barometer 2
c) Barograph Marine 2
1.1.10.1
d) Facsimile recorder Meteorology 2
e) Hydrometer 2
f) Whirling Psychrometer 2
g) Sea water thermometer 2
h) Marine bucket 2
i) Air thermometer (wet and dry) and
Stevenson’s screen
4
Learn and understand the use of weather codes.
On any voyage, make daily weather
Marine
1.1.10.2 X.3.1.4 observations. Use weather code to fill the 5
appropriate weather report forms. Copy the Meteorology
codes into your workbook.
Page 14 of 15
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 1
Related
Task
With the help of a cloud chart, identify the

following clouds. Get this verified by the OOW.
Cloud Chart
Write short notes on the following types of 2
clouds:
1.1.10.3 a) Cirrostratus
b) Altocumulus Marine 2
c) Stratus Meteorology 2
d) Cumulonimbus 2
For the following sea criterion, refer to Beaufort
scale of wind force and state the correct
Beaufort wind force. 2
a) Small waves becoming longer; fairly
frequent white horses.
b) Moderately high waves of greater length; Mariner’s
1.1.10.4
edges of crests begin to break into spindrift. Handbook
The foam is blown in well-marked streaks
2
along the direction of the wind.
c) Small wavelets, still short but more
pronounced, crests have a glassy appearance 2
and do not break.
A. What is a cyclone or a low and what
weather is associated with it?
2
B. What is an anti cyclone or High and what
weather is associated with it?
2
C. Define Tropical Revolving Storm. Marine 1
1.1.10.5 D. Explain with help of a diagram the Meteorology
following: 2
a) Col
b) Ridge or Wedge 2
c) Trough 2
Explain what you understand by Surface
Weather Charts, Ice charts and Wave Charts Marine
1.1.10.6 received by Facsimile Recorder. Paste a
8
Meteorology
weather Fax in your workbook.
A. Name different types of Barometers. 3
B. State the errors of an Aneroid Barometer
and describe how you will allow for these Marine 4
1.1.10.7
errors before recording in the log book. Meteorology
C. What precautions are to be taken when
using an aneroid barometer?
3
Using the Mariner’s Handbook, define different Mariner’s
X.1.1.10.7 types of fog. 5
Handbook
Page 15 of 15
NAVIGATION (Stage 1) WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
Task Report Sheet (Navigation Stage 1)
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Task Answer Sheet (Navigation Stage 1)
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 1
Related
Task
1.2.1 Opening/battening down hatches, deep tank lids, manhole lids, trimming hatches etc. ensure water/weather tightness
A. Locate and identify the following on board
your ship.
a) Frame e) Stringers
b) Beam f) Longitudinal
c) Transverse g) Girder
d) Floors Ship
X 1.2.1 B. What do you understand by the following?
20
Construction
a) Transverse framing
b) Longitudinal framing
c) Composite framing
C. Identify the type of framing on your vessel.
Explain the same with the help of sketches.
A. What is a hatch coaming? 1
B. Sketch and label the construction of a hatch Ship
1.2.1.1 coaming of your ship, its connection to
Construction 4
longitudinal transverse beam and main
deck.
A. What is the GRT, NRT and Official
Number of your vessel?
1
B. Besides the various plans, where else will
1.2.1.2 you find the Official Number and the NRT Ship’s Plan 1
painted/etched?
C. Locate the main beam of your ship, how is
this different from the other beams/girders?
1
Explain how weather tightness is achieved in the
following, on board your vessel: 3
a) Hatch covers
b) Tank lids/booby hatches Ship 3
1.2.1.3
c) Air pipes Construction 3
d) Ramps 3
e) Accommodation doors 3
A. Explain the operation of opening & closing
hatch covers/ ramps/ tank lids on your 4
vessel (any 1, as applicable). Ship
B. What are the maintenance procedures to be Construction
carried out on hatch covers/ ramps/ tank lids
on your vessel? Draw a neat diagram
showing the lubricating points/system on
3
1.2.1.6
1.2.1.4 these hatch covers/ ramps/ tank lids (any 1, Maker’s
3.2.1.1 as applicable). Manual
C. List the different types of grease that you
will use for the following parts: wires,
blocks, sheaves, cleats, wedges, open gear
3
of the winch, etc.
Ship’s Plan
D. What is the purpose of hatch sealing tapes
and how will you go about using this tape?
3
In case of a failure in the normal operating
system of the Hatch Covers/Ramps, what
1.2.1.5 Maker’s
1.2.1.5 emergency procedures have been provided on 8
3.2.1.1 your vessel for opening/closing these hatch Manual
covers/ramps?
Page 1 of 6
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 1
Related
Task
2.2.1.6 How will you prepare cargo holds/cargo tanks

1.2.1.6 prior loading cargo on your vessel? 5
3.2.1.2
A. Draw to scale, a labeled diagram showing
the capacity of each hold/tank with 5
dimensions.
B. To obtain this information, which plan on
board will you refer to?
1
1.2.1.7 C. Attach a typical cargo plan for a particular Ship’s Plan
loaded voyage in your workbook.
1
D. What are the various methods of
segregating different types of cargo destined
for different ports of discharge, on board
1
your ship?
A. Describe the various types of bulkheads on 2
board your vessel. What do you understand
Ship 3
1.2.1.8 by corrugated bulkheads?
B. What are the advantages of Corrugated
Construction
bulkheads over plate bulkheads?
2
A. Locate and state the non-return valves on
deck and cargo spaces on board your vessel.
2
B. What is the purpose of having these valves
on board?
1
C. What is a storm valve? 1
1.2.1.9 D. Locate the storm valves on your vessel and
indicate their position with respect to frame 2
numbers and decks.
E. Draw a neat diagram showing the
construction and working of both these 3
valves.
A. Draw a labeled deck plan of your vessel,
showing the location of air pipes, filling
pipes, sounding pipes, temperature pipes,
8
1.2.1.10 ventilators and other openings, if any.
Ship’s Plan
B. In a neat drawing, show the closing
arrangement of these openings.
6
A. Locate the striker plate of the sounding pipe
in the hold bilges or ballast tanks of your
vessel.
2
1.2.1.11 What is the function of a striker plate? Ship’s Plan
B. Draw a diagram of a striker plate and the
associated sounding pipe indicating 2
dimensions.
A. Sketch the layout of tanks/holds and the
location of bilges on your vessel.
B. Sketch the bilge pumping system on board
1.2.1.12 your vessel. Ship’s Plan 3
C. Using a colored pen, indicate on the
pumping plan how you would line up and
pump out the Fore Peak tank.
A. On your vessel, locate the various valves for
ballasting/deballasting the Fore Peak tank.
X 1.2.1.12 B. What system is used for operating these Ship’s Plan 2
valves?
Page 2 of 6
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 1
Related
Task
A. What are the various methods of

determining tank/bilge levels on your 2
vessel?
1.2.1.13 3.3.2.2 B. Describe each of these methods. 3
C. How often are soundings taken on your
vessel and why?
1
D. Where are these soundings recorded? 1
A. What are the various types of dunnage
available? State their use.
3
B. You are given the responsibility of stowing Cargo Work
1.2.1.14 3.2.1.3 and securing 20 lubricating oil drums (200 for Ship’s
ltrs each) temporarily on the poop deck, Officers 2
how will you go about doing this? Use a
drawing to explain.
A. What factors/corrections have to be
considered/applied when finding the 2
quantity of ballast in the tanks?
B. After taking soundings of ballast and fresh
water tanks, for any given day, calculate the Ship’s
1.2.1.16
quantity using the Ship’s Tables, assuming Stability
ballast water density as 1015 kgs/m3. Write 3
down these soundings, volumes and
quantities in your workbook and show the
working.
1.2.2 Operation of Cargo gear, standing and running rigging, SWL and Safe working practices
A. Explain how you will make an eye splice of
a fiber rope and a wire rope.
4
B. Take the bosun’s assistance and learn how
X.1.2.2. 1.2.2.7 to make an eye splice of a fiber rope and a Seamanship
wire rope. 6
Show the splices to our STO and get his
acceptance by signing in your workbook.
Assist in the routine maintenance/
overhauling/ inspection of the following
equipment and write short notes of your
2.2.2.1 observations.
1.2.2.1 Seamanship 8
3.2.2.1 a) Blocks
b) Shackles
c) Heel pins of derricks/cranes/davits
d) Inspection of rings
What precautions are to be taken when
topping/lowering/using the following gear on
board your ship? State the safety devices/alarms
fitted on the following equipment to ensure their
2
Chief
safe operation. Engineer
1.2.2.2 a) Ramps
b) Cranes (Cargo and/or Provision) Maker’s 2
Manual
c) Derricks (Cargo and/or Provision) 2
d) Davits (Provision/Bunker) 2
Page 3 of 6
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 1
Related
Task
A. Define the following:

a) SWL
1
b) Breaking stress 1
c) Factor of safety 1
B. What do you understand by Standing and Seamanship
Running Gear? Identify and list out these 2
1.2.2.3 on board your vessel.
C. Draw a plan of your vessel indicating
location and SWL of the following gear as
applicable. Cargo Work
a) Ramps 4
b) Cranes (Cargo and/or Provision)
c) Derricks (Cargo and/or Provision)
d) Davits (Provision/Bunker)
Assist in the routine maintenance/
overhauling/ inspection of the following
equipment and write short notes of your
2.2.2.1 observations.
3.2.2.1 e) Blocks
f) Shackles
g) Heel pins of derricks/cranes/davits
h) Inspection of rings
A. Locate the Cargo Gear and Machinery
Register on board your ship.
List out the contents and layout of this 3
register and briefly explain each of the
topics.
Cargo Work
1.2.2.5 B. What do you understand by Annual for Ship’s
inspection? Officers 2
C. Which port regulations govern the safety

requirement of cargo gear? Write a short
note on your general understanding of these
3
regulations.
A. Name the various parts of a derrick
using a suitable diagram.
1.2.2.6 B. What is the function of a “preventer
Seamanship 5
guy” of a derrick?
A. What do you understand by whipping of
ropes/wires and what are its uses?
B. Using an 8 – 12 mm diameter
polypropylene rope, practice the following
knots and hitches and write the uses of these
1.2.2.3 knots in your workbook
1.2.2.7 X.1.2.2.3 a) Figure-of-8-knot b) Sheet bend Seamanship 12
2.3.7.4 c) Clove hitch d) Reef knot
e) Bow line f) Bow line on the bight
g) Timber hitch h) Sheepshank
i) Monkey’s fist
C. Briefly describe the procedure of uncoiling
a right hand and left hand wire rope.
Page 4 of 6
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 1
Related
Task
A. As a general rule, the circumference of a

rope is measured in _____ (units) and the 1
diameter is measured in _____ (units).
B. How will you convert one unit to another? 1
C. Describe using a diagram, the correct way
and the wrong way of measuring the 3
diameter of a rope with a vernier calliper.
D. What do you understand by the term “lay”
of a rope?
1
E. Describe the purpose of the various types of
lays.
1
F. Take a round of your vessel and identify
and list the different types of “lays” of the 2
ropes.
G. What are the different types of materials
2.2.2.3 used for making ropes/wire ropes?
2.2.2.6 Elaborate on the advantages and
disadvantages of each material.
H. Briefly describe the construction of any
wire rope.
2
I. What is the function of the core of the rope? 1
J. What is IWRC? What do you understand
by a 6 x 24 and 6 x 36 wire rope?
2
K. How will you go about selecting the correct
size of rope and wire to make a sling of 5T 1
SWL?
L. Using a vernier calliper measure the
diameter of 1 polypropylene rope, 1 Manila 2
rope and 2 wires (6 x 24 and 6 x 36).
M. Calculate the breaking stress and SWL of
these ropes and wires. Show the calculation 3
in your workbook.
A. Locate the IMDG Code books on your
vessel and briefly describe the layout of 2
these books.
B. As per the IMDG, dangerous cargo is IMDG Code
divided into several classes. Name and
describe each of them, giving suitable
5
1.2.3.6 examples.
2.2.3.4 C. With respect to dangerous goods, what do
1.2.2.9
3.2.3.6 you understand by segregation and 2
3.2.3.7 compatibility?
D. Briefly describe the precautions to be taken Cargo Work
before loading dangerous goods of different for Ship’s 3
classes. Officers
E. Assuming you are loading dangerous goods,
how will you prepare the cargo holds to 3
load this cargo?
1.2.2 Learn and understand the documentation provided for planning of the cargo and the regulations that are required to be
taken into account
As per STCW, while in port, what are the STCW
1.2.3.1 various duties of an OOW during cargo Nautical 4
operation (loading/discharging? Watchkeeping
Page 5 of 6
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 1
Related
Task
A. In your workbook, draw to scale the

following draft marks: 1½
a) between 7 and 8 meters
b) between 30 and 34 feet 1
B. On these diagrams, indicate the following
drafts: 1
a) 7.05m
b) 7.3m ¼
c) 7.72m ¼
d) 8.1m ¼
e) 30’01” ¼
f) 31’03½” ¼
1.2.3.2 g) 32’06” ¼
C. What precautions are to be taken while
reading draft marks to ensure accuracy of 1
reading?
D. How does reading of draft marks incorrectly
affect the quantity of cargo on board?
1
E. How does reading of draft marks incorrectly
1
F. How does reading of draft marks incorrectly
1
G. Find the TPC of your vessel at the
maximum summer draft and light ship draft 1
and state the source of this information.
H. Why are these 2 figures different? 1
A. What checks are required to be carried out
on the cargo, being presently loaded on
your ship, to ensure that it is fit for
3
1.2.3.3 carriage?
B. During this check, you find that some cargo
is damaged. Briefly describe the action that 3
you will take.
A. Draw and color the cargo stowage plan for
one of the voyages on your vessel.
3
2.2.3.5
1.2.3.4 B. How will you ensure that the correct cargo
3.2.3.3 is being discharged/loaded for the right 3
port?
A. How will you prevent damage to cargo
2
while loading and discharging? Nautical
1.2.3.5
B. As an OOW, what cargo anti-pilferage Watchkeeping
measures will you take?
2
A. What securing arrangements do you have
for cargo on board your ship?
2
B. Draw a detailed diagram of the securing
arrangement, showing the type of On Board
1.2.3.6 2
equipment used for securing cargo, securing Documents
points, etc.
C. In which document, on board, will you find
details of securing cargo?
1
Page 6 of 6
CHS (Stage 1) WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
Task Report Sheet (CHS Stage 1)
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Task Answer Sheet (CHS Stage 1)
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 1
1.3 CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT THE
OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Related
Task
1.3.1 Seamanship and Pollution Prevention

A. When will you use a bosun’s chair and
when would you prefer to use a stage when 2
working aloft/overside?
B. State the safe practices that you will follow
when working aloft and overside.
3
C. On board your ship, find and note in your
workbook the following particulars:
1.3.2.10 a) Size and type of rope used for the bosun’s Code of Safe 1
1.3.2.11 chair. Type and size of wood used for the Working
1.3.1.1 1.3.2.12 bosun’s chair Practice for
2.3.3.3 b) Type of securing rope arrangement for the Merchant
bosun’s chair
1
3.3.2.13 Seamen
c) Size of stage and size of the rope used 1
d) Purpose of the horn (cross plank) of the stage
and state how it is secured to the main plank. 2
Why is one end of the horn parceled in cloth?
e) The type of safety belt/harness used when
working aloft/overside
1
f) Type of life vest when working overside 1
A. What do you understand by enclosed spaces Code of Safe
and give some examples of enclosed spaces Working 2
2.3.4.7 on your ship?
1.3.1.2 Practices for
3.3.2.13 B. Prior entering an enclosed or confined Merchant 2
space, what checks will you carry out? Seamen
C. Name the checklists used by your company
prior entering an enclosed space.
1
D. What equipment should be kept ready at
Company 2
hand before entering an enclosed space?
Manuals
E. Mention the make/type of each of these
equipments and write short notes, where 4
applicable.
A. What preparations will you make on your
vessel prior, during and after bunkering 3
operations, to prevent oil pollution? Company
B. Read your company’s pre-bunkering Manual
checklist and fill in a mock checklist for
any particular bunker operation and copy 1
2.3.1.3 down the entries as per the checklist in you
1.3.1.3 3.3.1.4 workbook. SOPEP
3.3.1.5 C. What would be the correct action to take in
the following cases while bunkering?
a) If there is heavy rain and water is
1
filling up on deck
Chief
b) Strong winds when bunkering at
Engineer 1
anchorage
c) Leak in bunker pipeline on deck 1
Locate and read the MARPOL Annex III.
1.3.1.4 1.2.2.10 Answer the following questions: MARPOL 2
a) What is a harmful substance?
Page 1 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 1
OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Related
task
b) How should you treat empty

packages that have previously 1
carried harmful substances?
c) Write a brief note on the durability
requirement of the labeling.
1
d) On your ship, identify 5 non-cargo IMDG Code
items that have been labeled as 2
Marine Pollutants.
e) Under what circumstances can
harmful substances be thrown 2
overboard?
Draw the Waste management plan followed on
board your vessel and show an understanding of
preventing pollution by sewage and garbage into
1.3.1.5 2.3.1.7 the sea by stating in your workbook the
MARPOL 5
discharge/disposal requirements of each, in &
outside special areas.
A. What is the meaning of Noxious Liquid
Substance? Give examples.
2
1.3.1.6 B. How are the noxious liquid substances
MARPOL
categorized in Annex II of MARPOL 2
73/78?
A. In which book would the chief officer make
an entry of the internal transfer of oil cargo 1
enroute to the discharge port?
B. List the main headings of the entries made
1
2.3.2.1 in this book.
1.3.1.7 C. How many parts does this book have?
MARPOL
3.3.6.3 1
D. Which officers are authorized to sign this
book?
1
E. How many years is the book kept on board
after completion of its pages?
1
Define the following basic dimensions of the
ship with help of diagrams. 1
a) Length Over All
b) Fwd & Aft perpendicular Ship 1
1.3.1.8 c) Moulded depth 1
Construction
d) Moulded breadth 1
e) Freeboard 1
f) Camber 1
Refer 1.2.3.1
A. What is a Plimsoll mark?
2
B. Draw a scale diagram of the Load line
marks (including the deck line and the disc) Ship
1.3.1.9 on your vessel as seen from port side and a 5
Construction
separate diagram of the same as seen from
stbd side.
C. Give the exact dimensions of these marks. 1
Page 2 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 1
OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Related
task
A. Accompany the Officer on stations forward

during a berthing operation. Answer the
following questions: 1
a) Describe the procedure used for making fast
the tug.
b) State how many lines are used for making
fast the vessel and the order in which they were
sent out and made fast – explain the final
3
mooring arrangement with a diagram.
c) How were the ropes made fast on the bitts
(figure of eight, etc.)?
2
d) If you had split drums for wire ropes, then,
what is the maximum length of wire that can be
warped on the split drum – explain giving Code of Safe 3
reasons. Working
B. Accompany the Officer on stations aft Practices for
during a berthing operation. Answer the Merchant
following questions: Seamen
1.3.1.10
a) State how many lines are used for making fast 4
and the order in which they were sent out and
made fast. Explain the final mooring
arrangement with a diagram. Company
b) Are there any other special precautions to be Manuals
taken when sending lines ashore which is 1
different from forward station?
C. Request the STO to assign you bridge
duties during berthing.
What were the duties that you were
1
expected to perform?
D. Accompany the Officer on stations forward
during an anchoring operation. Answer the
following questions:
a) What preparations were made prior 5
anchoring?
b) Describe in detail the entire anchoring
operation as was observed by you.
A. Sketch and describe various parts of your
ship’s anchor.
5
B. How does an anchor hold a ship in
position? 3
Nautical
C. Explain the following anchoring terms: Watchkeeping
a) Walking back the anchor
X.1.3.1 b) A’cockbill
c) Up & Down Seamanship
6
d) Short stay
e) Long stay
f) Brought up Ship’s Plan
D. Draw a diagram showing mooring
equipment arrangement plan Fwd and 8
Aft on board your vessel.
Page 3 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 1
OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Related
task
Study the mooring equipment arrangement

forward and answer the following questions:
a) What is “bitter end”? How is it secured on
2
your ship? Seamanship
b) Explain what are the markings on the anchor. 2
c) How is the cable marked to indicate the
number of shackles?
2
d) On your ship, what is the procedure for
2
1.3.1.11 clutching-in/out the gear of your windlass?
e) What is the material, size, lay and
construction of the mooring rope/wire?
2
f) What is the purpose of gant lines? 1
g) What method was used to transfer the rope Maker’s
from the winch to the bitts? Make a rough Manual 2
sketch and describe the arrangement.
h) Describe using a sketch how you will use a
chain stopper.
2
A. Explain the functions of:
a) Head line
1
Code of Safe
b) Stern line 1
Working
c) Spring line 1
1.3.1.12 Practices for
d) Slip wire 1
Merchant
B. State what practices you will follow and
Seamen
what precautions you will take when 3
handling mooring ropes and wires.
What are the precautions to be taken while
2.3.1.5
1.3.1.13 attending to mooring lines, during 2
3.2.3.9 loading/discharging operations?
1.3.2 General aspects of ship’s structure, understand the causes of corrosion, the way it affects the strength of
steel structure and steps to prevent corrosion
A. How does steel corrode? 1
B. What are the factors that enhance the rate of
corrosion?
1
C. What surface preparation will you carry out Paint Manual
1.3.2.14 prior to painting?
1
1.3.2.15 D. What do you think will happen if there is
1.3.2.1 2.3.3.1 excessive corrosion of steel structural 1
2.3.3.2 members?
3.3.2.7 E. You have clipped an area on main deck and
could not paint it due to rain. In the night Seamanship
vessel had experienced seas on deck. 3
List the procedure you will follow prior
painting it next day.
Sketch the arrangement of transverse water tight
bulkheads on board your vessel and indicate the
1.3.2.2 frame number at which these water tight
Ship’s Plan 5
bulkheads are located.
A. Observe and sketch the type of framing that
your ship has been provided with. Are all 3
1.3.2.3 the frames of the same size? Ship’s Plan
B. How are frames numbered? 2
Page 4 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 1
OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Related
task
Observe and sketch the different types of

1.3.2.4 structural joints/connections to the hull, deck, 4
bulkheads and other members of the ship.
Assume that a heavy load is kept on deck.
1.3.2.5 Name the various components of your ship’s Ship’s Plan 3
structure, which will help in supporting the load.
Locate the relevant ship’s drawings and make
sketches of the following: 4
a) Midship section
b) Fore peak tank (plan view) 4
1.3.2.6 c) Collision bulkhead
Ship’s Plan
4
d) Double bottom tank (transverse section
view)
4
e) Manhole doors 3
Locate and read the SOLAS Ch V, Reg 17 –
Pilot ladders and the IMPA Requirement of
Boarding Arrangements for Pilot given in the
ICS Bridge Procedure Guide.
3
a) Make a neat drawing of the Pilot ladder
giving all dimensions. SOLAS
b) When is it mandatory to use a combination
ladder/pilot hoist?
2
1.3.2.7
c) What safety equipment should be kept at ICS Bridge
the boarding point?
2
Procedure
d) Rig a pilot ladder under the supervision of Guide
the STO. What are the safety precautions to
be taken when rigging a pilot ladder?
Request the STO to sign in your workbook
3
against this answer to verify that the ladder
has been rigged properly.
Rig a MOT ladder under the supervision of the
STO.
1.3.2.8 Request the STO to sign in your workbook 3
against this answer to verify that the ladder has
been rigged properly.
Rig a gangway, including the gangway net,
under the supervision of the STO.
2.3.1.1
1.3.2.9 Request the STO to sign in your workbook 3
2.3.1.2 against this answer to verify that the gangway
and net have been rigged properly.
A. Using the paint specification plan or the
manufacturer’s manual on board your
vessel, state the different types of paints in
use and the reason for using specific paints
3.3.2.8 in different areas.
1.3.2.10 3.3.2.9 B. Also state the number of coats Paint Manual 5
3.3.2.10 recommended to be applied and the
thickness of each coat for each type of
paint.
C. How will you measure dry and wet film
thickness?
Page 5 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 1
OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Related
Task
Do different types of paints require different

1.3.2.11 1.3.2.1 surface preparation? Justify your answer with Paint Manual 3
examples.
List the different types of paints on board your
1.3.2.12 1.3.2.1 vessel and state the re-coating requirements for Paint Manual 4
each of them.
1.3.3 Knowledge of fire and Fire Fighting Appliances (FFA)
A. What is a Fire triangle? Besides these 3
elements, is there any other element that 1
could contribute to the sustenance of a fire?
B. What are the different classes of fire and
state the different types of fire extinguishers
1.3.3.1 3
that can be used for extinguishing these
fires?
C. List the various fire fighting equipment on
your vessel and state under what 2
circumstances each of these will be used.
A. Draw and explain the working principle of
the following on board your ship. 5
a) Main extinguishing plant
b) Foam applicator 3
c) Foam eductor 2
d) Foam monitor 2
e) Fire dampers Maker’s
1.3.3.2 1
Manuals
B. Assist the Safety Officer in the care and
maintenance of the above.
Also practice under supervision the use of
the above, where practicable. Confirm this 2
by getting the STO’s signature against your
answer.
While on fire patrol rounds at night, you notice
smoke coming out from some oily boiler suits, Ship’s
which were kept on top of the heater in the
1.3.3.3 laundry.
Contingency 3
State your action, with specific reference to your Plan
ship.
A. Draw a neat diagram showing dimensions
of an international shore coupling and all its 3
components.
B. Write a short note on how it is to be used.
1.3.3.4 1.3.3.2 Where is it located on board your ship? SOLAS 2
Read the SOLAS (Ch II-2 reg 19).
C. What care and maintenance is required for a
fire hose, nozzle, fire hydrant and 3
international shore coupling?
A. What are the uses of fire axes and
portable drilling machines during the
1.3.3.5 outbreak of a fire? 3
B. What are the sizes of drill bitts available
with this machine?
Page 6 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 1
OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Related
Task
A. What are the different types of fire

extinguishers on your vessel?
2
B. Draw each type with special reference to
1.3.3.6 operating procedure.
6
C. Write short notes on each type of
extinguisher and its suitability to fight a 4
particular type of fire.
A. How many fireman outfit sets do you have
on board and where are they located?
1
B. List all the components of the fireman’s
outfit.
1
1.3.3.9 C. Write a short note on the fireman’s outfit Maker’s
1.3.3.7 2
2.3.4.7 and the procedure for use. Manual
D. What are the maintenance checks for the 2
SCBA and the frequency at which these
checks are carried out? Read the SOLAS 2
(Ch II-2 reg 17).
1.3.4 Knowledge and maintenance of Life Saving Appliances
A. With the help of suitable diagrams, explain
the stowing arrangements of the liferafts on
board your ship and the releasing/launching
2
procedures.
1.3.4.1 B. Explain, with the help of a diagram, the
HRU and its securing arrangement.
3
C. What is buoyant apparatus? Sight it on any
small launch or tugboat and describe what 2
you see.
A. State the make/type of EPIRB and SART
on board your vessel.
1
Maker’s/
2.3.5.3 B. Describe how and when you will operate
Shipboard 3
1.3.4.2 2.3.5.6 them.
C. What precautions/care will you take on
Training
3.3.4.14
board while using/testing EPIRB and Manual 2
SART?
A. What routine maintenance is done on your
lifeboats and davits?
2
B. List out in tabular form all the equipment of
your ship’s lifeboat, liferaft and rescue boat.
4
C. Briefly explain the use, care and
maintenance of each of these.
4
LSA Training
1.3.4.11
D. What routine care and maintenance is to be Manual
2.3.5.2 done on your lifeboat winches?
2
1.3.4.3
2.3.5.6
E. What is the construction of the lifeboat fall Maker’s
3.3.4.9 1
wire? Manual
F. How is the lifeboat winch operated? 2
G. How is the lifeboat lowered when there is a
power failure?
2
H. How would you heave up the lifeboat if
there is a power failure?
1
Page 7 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 1
OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Related
Task
A. With the help of suitable diagram, show the

1.3.4.8 launching & recovering procedures of a Maker’s 5
1.3.4.4 1.3.4.9 Lifeboat/Rescue boat. Instruction
3.3.4.7 B. In the above diagram, show the lubricating Manual
points of the lifeboat davit.
2
Explain the use and maintenance of the
following in a lifeboat: 3
a) Tricing pendants
b) Bowsing tackle 3
1.3.4.5 c) Life lines 2
d) Becketted lines 2
e) Grab lines 2
f) Skates 2
A. State the make/type of line throwing
2.3.5.3
apparatus on board your vessel and explain
Maker’s 2
1.3.4.6 the procedure for use.
3.3.4.4 B. With the help of a drawing, describe the
Manual
construction of the LTA on your vessel.
3
A. What is the use of thermal protective aids?
2.3.5.1 Write the specifications of TPAs as per 4
1.3.4.7 LSA Code. LSA Code
3.3.4.1
B. How many TPAs do you have on board? 1
1.3.5 Medicine chest and Ship Captain’s medical guide and shipboard procedure
Browse through the Ship Captain’s Medical
1.3.5.1 Guide and copy down the “Contents” page.
3
A. Draw a plan of the Medical Chest and
indicate the location of the contents.
2
1.3.5.2 1.3.5.5
B. How will you ensure that a particular
medicine is fit for consumption?
1
From the Ship Captain’s Medical Guide, locate Ship
information regarding Neil Robertson stretcher Captain’s
1.3.5.3 and write the procedure to be followed when 3
Medical
lifting a casualty from a hold. Guide
A. Where on board your ship is the Poison
Ship 1
Locker?
Captain’s
1.3.5.4 B. What are the contents of this poison locker? 1
Medical
C. Why are some medicines kept in the poison
locker? Guide 1
After obtaining permission from the
STO/Medical Officer, visit the Ship’s Medical
1.3.5.5 1.3.5.2 Locker, take an inventory of the medicines and 3
medical instruments and write in your
workbook.
A. On board your vessel, which ranks 1
comprise the First Aid party? 1
B. List the duties of the First Aid party.
C. During one of the drills, after obtaining
1.3.5.6 Muster List
permission, participate in the First aid party
as a casualty and as in charge. 1
Request the STO to confirm this by signing
in your workbook.
Page 8 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 1
1.3 CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SHIP & CARE FOR PERSONS ON BOARD AT
THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL
Related
Task
1.3.6 Identification of emergencies and Response thereto

How will you ensure the safety of the crew in
the following emergencies: 3
1.3.6.1 a) CO2 Flooding
b) Abandon ship 3
c) Cargo Shift 3
A. Locate the Shipboard Contingency Plan.
List out all the emergencies mentioned 3
therein. Shipboard
1.3.6.2 B. What is the initial action to be taken in case Contingency
of: Plan 2
a) Steering Failure
b) Grounding 3
How will you raise an alarm and what is your
initial action in each of the following
emergencies:
2
a) Smoke in galley at night Shipboard
1.3.6.3 b) Crewmember seriously injured in Ballast Contingency
Tank
2
Plan
c) Man Overboard 2
d) Crewmember falls unconscious on deck
when vessel is in Red Sea in summer
2
What will you do in the following
circumstances:
a) You sight a man standing on a boat that has
Shipboard 2
turned upside down. He is waving his
1.3.6.4 arms. LSA Training
b) You faintly hear a Mayday call on VHF. Manual
There is no response from any other station.
2
c) At night you sight a bright red hand flare. 2
A. What is the expanded form of IAMSAR? 1
B. What is the purpose of IAMSAR? 1
1.3.6.5 C. How many volumes does the IAMSAR IAMSAR
manual consist of?
1
D. Briefly describe the contents of each
volume.
2
Page 9 of 9
COS & CPO (Stage 1) WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
Task Report Sheet (COS & CPO Stage 1)
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Task Answer Sheet (COS & CPO Stage 1)
ENGINEERING KNOWLEDGE STAGE 1
Related
Task
STAGE 1
State the make and model of the main
Chief 2
engine on board your vessel.
Engineer
A. With the help of a drawing, explain
EK.1.1
what you understand by 2-stroke and 4- 8
Basic Marine
stroke engines.
Engineering
B. What type is your Main Engine? 2
What is the meaning of BHP, SHP and KW Chief
with respect to engines? Engineer
EK.1.2 3
Basic Marine
Engineering
How much notice is given to the engine
EK.1.3 room for reduction of speed, prior arrival STO 1
port on board your ship?
A. What is an auxiliary engine? 3
B. What is the engine commonly known as Chief
1
on your ship? Engineer
EK.1.4 C. Is this engine 2-stroke or 4-stroke? 1
D. How many such engines are there on Basic Marine
1
your ship? Engineering
E. State the make/type/model. 1
What would be the result of a failure of the
EK.1.5 auxiliary engines? 1
A. What is the meaning of “bunkering”? 1

B. What is a bunker station? 1
C. What is the location of the bunker
Chief 1
EK.1.6 station on board your ship?
Engineer
D. How is a fuel sample obtained during
bunkering? What is the purpose of 2
taking this sample?
What types of fuels are used in the main
Chief
EK.1.7 engine, auxiliary engine and boiler on your 3
Engineer
vessel?
How many purifiers are there in the engine Chief
EK.1.8 2
room? State their make/type. Engineer
A. Name the type of steering system (4-
ram/2-ram/rotary vane) and the type of
Chief 2
rudder (balanced, semi-balanced, etc.)
Engineer
on your vessel.
EK.1.9
B. Draw a simple diagram showing the
Basic Marine
type of rudder.
Engineering 5
Page 1 of 3
Related
Task
A. Locate the gyro compass repeater in the

steering flat. Describe how you will
2
adjust the compass to the reading of the
gyro compass on the bridge.
EK.1.10 OOW
B. State all the means of communication
available from steering flat to the
2
Bridge.
What is the purpose of a boiler? Chief

State the number and types of boilers in the Engineer
EK.1.11 engine room. 3
Basic Marine
Engineering
State the number of turbochargers that are
there on your ship for the main engine and Chief
EK.1.12 2
auxiliary engine. Also state their Engineer
make/type.
State the number of air compressors that are
Chief
EK.1.13 there in the engine room. Also state their 4
Engineer
make/type/capacity/working pressure.
List the make, type, location and purpose of Chief
EK.1.14 5
10 important pumps in the engine room. Engineer
A. What is the make/type/capacity of fresh
2
water generator on board your ship?
B. What is the capacity of fresh water Chief
EK.1.15 2
tanks? Engineer
C. What is the daily consumption of fresh
1
water?
How many refrigerated chambers are there
Chief
EK.1.16 on board for provisions? What are the 2
Engineer
temperatures maintained in them?
A. What is the full form of OWS? 1
B. Where is this equipment located in the
Chief 1
EK.1.17 engine room?
Engineer
C. What is the purpose of the OWS?
1
A. What is the purpose of an incinerator? 1
B. State the make/type/capacity and
EK.1.18
location of the incinerator. 1
A. What do you understand by UMS

Chief 2
ships?
Engineer
B. Is your vessel an UMS ship?
EK.1.19
Basic Marine 1
Engineering
Page 2 of 3
Related
Task
List the various panels that you will find in Chief

EK.1.20 3
the Engine Control Room. Engineer
A. Why is it recommended to use only
stairs and not the elevator in case of an 2
emergency?
EK.1.21 STO
B. Under what other conditions is it
recommended not to use the elevator? 2
Explain giving reasons.
A. What is a sea chest? 1
B. What is the danger if one of the sea Chief
EK.1.22
chest valves fail to close? Engineer 3
What are bilges? What is the purpose of

EK.1.24 having bilges in the engine room? 2
Locate the engine room workshop and list

the various equipment available there.
EK.1.23 3
Locate and note down the type/SWL of the Ship’s

EK.1.24 1
crane in the engine room. Manual
A. What is a skylight and what is its
2
purpose?
B. Locate the skylight on your ship.
Describe the opening and closing 2
Chief
EK.1.25 procedure.
Engineer
C. State the dimensions of the skylight. 1
D. What are the safety precautions to be
taken when working in the vicinity of 2
an open skylight?
Page 3 of 3
ENGINEERING KNOWLEDGE (Stage 1)
WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
Task Report Sheet (EK Stage 1)
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Task Answer Sheet (EK Stage 1)
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 2
Related
Task
2.1.1 Consult Publications, select charts of adequate scale and assist in setting course for the passage
A. Locate the US and Indian chart catalogue
on your ship and familiarize yourself with
the contents. Into how many folios/areas
2
are the US and Indian charts divided?
Chart
2.1.1.1 B. State the US charts which would be
required for entry into New York and the
Catalogues 1
equivalent BA charts.
C. State the Indian charts required for entry
into Chennai and the equivalent BA charts.
1
A. Explain the following terms:
a) No go area
½
b) Caution area ½
c) Abort Point ½
d) Point of no return ½
B. On your present voyage, choose an
appropriate chart showing approaches to a Bridge
2.1.1.2 harbor and make a photocopy of A4 size of Procedures
the relevant area. Paste this copy into your
Guide
workbook. 3
a) On this copy, draw the course into
port and mark all the above
positions mentioned in Task
2.1.1.4.A.
Note the tidal information for the day of arrival
and indicate your ship’s draft. 1
A. Assist the navigating officer to plan and lay
the course for any voyage. Keep in mind
considerations regarding tidal and
meteorological conditions. Describe in
Bridge
detail how you went about planning and
2.1.1.3 laying of courses, with special emphasis on
Procedures 8
safety. Request the navigating officer to Guide
sign your workbook against your answer.
B. What important points should be marked on
the chart?
State all checklists that are required to be filled Company
2.1.1.4 in for the above task.
2
Forms
Identify, familiarize and fill in the appropriate
Bridge
checklist for bridge equipment prior departing
2.1.1.5 for sea, for your forthcoming voyage. Paste this
Procedures 4
Guide
checklist in your workbook.
A. Describe in detail how will you correct the ff:
a) charts
b) list of lights Bridge
2.1.1.6 c) list of radio signals Procedures 12
d) Pilot volumes Guide
B. Assist the designated officer with correction
of the above.
Page 1 of 10
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. In which publication will you get

information regarding Traffic Separation 1
Schemes (TSS)?
B. What are mandatory and non-mandatory Bridge
Traffic Separation Schemes? Publication
2.1.1.7
Give examples for each of these. Identify 2
these for the voyage in Task 2.1.1.7 and
state the same in your workbook.
C. Which rule of the Colreg deals with Colreg
navigation in a TSS? Learn this rule by
heart and write in your own words in the
3
workbook.
2.1.2 Compass Errors and Off-Course Alarm System
A. What is an off-course alarm? 1
B. What limit has this alarm been set to, on
board your ship?
1
Maker’s
2.1.2.1 C. Describe in detail how you will test this
Manual 2
alarm on your ship.
D. What is the frequency of testing that has
been established on your ship?
1
Describe what you would do in the following
cases:
A. You discover an air bubble in the Magnetic
2
1.1.3.12
compass bowl. Maker’s
2.1.2.2 2.1.6.7 B. The gyro has been restarted after overhaul. Manual
3.1.1.4 You are asked to report to the navigating
officer when the gyro has settled. How will 2
you determine that the compass has settled?
A. How is a deviation curve prepared on
board?
B. Using BA Chart no. 4053, find the variation
2.1.2.3 for the following positions, for year 2002: Chart Work 2
a) 40o 00’ N 158o 30’ E
b) 48o 00’ N 166o 40’ E
2.1.3 Operate under supervision all electronic navigational equipment carried on the ship and apply
the information obtained to ascertain the ship’s position
Refer to the operating manuals and explain the
procedures for switching on & operating the
following equipment (if available) on your 3
vessel:
a) Gyro compass
b) Decca 2
2.1.6.6 c) Loran Maker’s 2
2.1.3.1
3.1.2.2 d) Echo Sounder Manual 3
e) GPS 3
f) ECDIS 3
g) Navtex 3
h) Course recorder 3
i) Speed Log 3
Page 2 of 10
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. Plot a GPS position.

Compare this position with an observed fix
using any of the above equipment.
Make a copy of the relevant area of the
2.1.3.2 chart and paste the same in your workbook. 3
B. What method of position fixing would you
prefer from among the above equipment?
State this in order of your preference giving
supporting reasons.
A. While your vessel is out at sea, take a 8
morning sun sight and a meridian passage
sight on the same day.
Find the Noon position and record the
calculation in your monthly workbook.
2.1.3.3
B. Compare the position obtained with the 1
GPS noon position.
Request the navigating officer to confirm
your calculation by signing in your monthly
workbook.
What is a Rate of Turn indicator and how can it Bridge
X.2.1.3.4 assist us in navigation?
2
Equipment
A. On your vessel, describe the procedure for
altering course when the vessel is steering
on autopilot, if the course alteration is: Maker’s
a) 5o Manual
b) 70o
2.1.3.4 B. How is this procedure different when 4
altering course on manual steering?
C. In your opinion, why should the Master be Master’s
informed before approaching a Course Orders
Alteration Point when the Master has the
conn?
2.1.4 Transmit and Receive information
What are the uses of the Answering pendant and
X.2.1.4 Substitute flags?
5
A. Use the INTERCO and give the meaning of
the following 2 letter hoists: 1
a) CQ
b) DT 1
B. Use the INTERCO and find the 2 letter
2.1.4.1 INTERCO
hoists to be used for the following: 1
a) Have you a doctor?
b) I cannot maintain my present
course.
1
c) It is not safe to fire a rocket. 1
A. What does the acronym GMDSS stands for?
What is the purpose of GMDSS?
2.1.4.2 B. What is the basic concept of GMDSS and 8
what are the equipment requirements for various
sea areas?
Page 3 of 10
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 2
Related
Task
C. What does the acronym EPIRB stand for? GMDSS for

2
What is the purpose of EPIRB? GOC
D. Explain about the 3 types of EPIRB
available. Describe the activation 6
2.1.4.3 procedure. ALRS
E. What does the acronym SART stand for?
What is the purpose of SART?
2
F. Explain the working principle of SART and Maker’s
test procedure.
8
Manual
2.1.5 Proficiency in observing, recording and transmitting weather reports
A. What type of clouds are associated with the
following:
a) Fine weather
b) Thunder showers
c) Continuous rain or continuous 5
drizzle Marine
d) Approaching storm
Meteorology
e) Cloud formed over an isolated
island
2.1.5.1 B. What factors determine the height of sea
waves? Mariner’s 1
C. Describe each of these factors. Handbook 1
D. Why would you expect low wave heights
resulting from an off-shore wind?
1
E. Is there any difference in wave height in a
sheltered harbor and the open sea?
1
F. Distinguish between swell, sea and wave.
How are these measured?
3
2.1.6 Bridge equipment, its function, maintenance and performance, look out duties and their
importance
A. In rule 5 of Colreg, explain:
a) by sight
b) by hearing
c) by all available means appropriate in
the prevailing circumstances and
2.1.7.7 conditions
2.1.6.1 B. Do you require keeping a separate lookout Colreg 8
3.1.3.1 on the bridge other than the duty officer in STCW
the day time?
a) Is the lookout permitted to take fire
rounds? Explain.
b) Is it permissible for the lookout man to
use the radar? Explain.
A. Explain in detail, the different methods of
finding the Index Error of a sextant.
B. How will you correct this error? Marine
2.1.6.2 1.1.8.3 10
C. What are the other sextant errors and how Sextant
will you correct them?
Page 4 of 10
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. When at anchor or alongside, use a sextant 8

to determine the distance from a lighthouse
or shore structure.
Explain your working in detail.
Request the OOW to confirm that you are 5
using the sextant properly and endorse your
working in the workbook.
B. A ship with no Radar steered a course of
155o (T), observed Barberyn It bearing
030o on port bow. Speed 14 kts. After 30
mins, the same light bore 60o on the same Chart Work
bow. Find the distance off light at the time
10
(Alpha to
2.1.6.3 of second bearing as also when the light is
abeam. Refer to the chart S. Coast Of Sri Zulu Roads
Lanka. chart)
C. Vertical sextant angle of a light flashing 5s,
59m 28M (Index Error: nil), was observed
to be 34.2’. Height of tide was then 0.3
meters. Find the radius of position circle, if
5
height of MHWS above chart datum of the
chart used is 1.8 meter.
D. Vessel at quarantine anchorage found ‘D’
buoy bearing 256o (C) and ‘N’ Racon
bearing 166o (C). Buoy ‘M’ bore 061o (T).
5
Find position and compass error.
A. What is a transit bearing? 1
B. Where is the pelorus located in your ship? 2
2.1.6.4
C. What is the use of the pelorus? 2
A. Write down the speed table with respect to
RPM of your vessel.
4
B. At midnight, ‘T’ light bore 335o (T) x 2.8 Chart Work
M. Course of 201o was steered by gyro
(Alpha to
2.1.6.5 compass. (Gyro error = 1o L) Westerly
wind was estimated to cause a leeway of 3o.
Zulu Roads
4
Current in the area set along 100o (T) at 2 chart)
kts. If ship’s log speed was 9 kts, find
position at 0100 hrs, SMG and CMG.
A. What is the routine maintenance that needs
to be carried out on an echo sounder?
Maker’s
2.1.6.6 B. What are the procedures for replacing the 4
echo sounder graph paper and stylus on Manual
your vessel?
A. State the type and make of Auto Pilot on Maker’s
board your vessel and write down the Manual
procedure for change over from “Hand
2.1.6.7 steering” to “Auto pilot” and vice versa. 8
B. State and describe the functions of various Bridge
controls on the Auto Pilot on board your Equipment &
vessel. Watchkeeping
Page 5 of 10
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 2
Related
Task
State the procedure to change over to Ship’s

2.1.6.8 3.1.6.1 5
“Emergency steering system” Manual
A. Write the particulars of the echo sounder on
your present vessel. 1
B. How many scales are available on the echo
sounder on your vessel?
1
C. What is phasing? 1
D. How will you record an event/time on the
graph paper?
2
Maker’s
2.1.6.9 2.1.3.1 E. Does the echo sounder give you the depth Manual
of water or does it give the depth under the 1
keel?
F. On your echo sounder, how will you allow
for your vessel’s change of draft?
1
G. What are the possible reasons for a
difference in the depth indicated by the 2
echo sounder and charted depth?
A. Briefly describe the principle of the Decca,
Loran and Omega system. Use diagrams 10
where appropriate.
Bridge
B. State the different types of speed logs and
2.1.6.10 1.1.7.15 Equipment &
their working principles. Use appropriate 10
diagrams to illustrate their working. Watchkeeping
C. What is the principle of operation of a
GPS?
5
A. State in point form, duties of a OOW while
performing the following tasks:
a) Taking & handling over navigation Nautical 5
watch at sea on all ship types Watchkeeping
b) Taking & handling over an anchor
watch for all ship types
5
Bridge
2.1.6.11 B. Upon taking over a watch at sea and at Procedures
anchor, what tasks are to be performed to Manual 3
maintain a safe watch?
C. Locate and state the relevant checklists STCW
to be used as per Bridge Procedures 2
Guide.
What precautions are to be taken in the
following conditions by an OOW: Bridge
a) When making land fall in dense
3
2.1.6.12 3.1.6.6 Procedures
converging traffic by day and by night Manual
b) Making landfall in restricted visibility 3
A. State the make/model of the ARPA
equipment on board your vessel.
1
B. What are the various controls of this Maker’s
2.1.6.13 3
equipment and what are their functions? Manual
C. Use an appropriate drawing to show these
controls.
5
Page 6 of 10
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 2
Related
Task
2.1.7 Prepare for Sea

Besides the normal navigation procedures for
preparing vessel for sea, state what other tasks
Nautical
2.1.7.1 are performed to prepare your vessel for sea, 10
Watchkeeping
taking into account the water tightness of the
ship, cargo, cargo gear, hatches, etc.
A. Take a visual reading of your ship’s draft.
From a navigational perspective, what is the
importance of knowing the ship’s draft?
Assuming no internal/external transfers of 10
ballast, fuel or cargo, what are the various
2.1.7.2 causes of draft change when you are
sailing? Explain briefly.
B. When alongside, what are the various
precautions to be taken before trying out the 5
engines?
A. What checks are to be carried out on the
bridge before your departure from port? Company 2
B. As per you company’s requirement, which Manuals
2.1.7.3
checklist will you fill up after the required 1
checks have been carried out? Bridge
C. What is the procedure on your ship to verify Procedures
that all ship’s personnel are on board and Manual 2
there are no stowaways?
A. The OOW has instructed you to have the
pilot ladder ready for embarkation of the
pilot. What information will you need to
2
rig the pilot ladder?
B. Refer to the Pilot Ladder poster on your
2.1.7.4 bridge or else refer to the Bridge
Procedures Manual. What preparations are 3
needed to pick up the pilot safely during
day and during night?
C. Under what circumstances will you use a
combination ladder?
1
A. State the important entries that you will
make in the Movement book—starting from Nautical
testing controls prior departure berth up to Watchkeeping 5
RFA for any one of the ports that your
2.1.7.5 vessel has called.
B. In the ship’s log book, what are the weather
Company
related entries that are to be made while the Manuals 2
vessel is out at sea?
After RFA, how will you secure vessel for

2.1.7.6 2
sea as regards to the forward stations?
Page 7 of 10
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. What are the weather effects on Radar

performance? Explain briefly.
B. Explain briefly shadow areas, shadow
Shipborne
2.1.7.7 sectors and blind sectors. 12
C. Draw a diagram and indicate the blind Radar
sectors and shadow sectors for both the
radars on your vessel.
Explain:
2.1.7.9 a) CPA
b) TCPA Shipborne
X.2.1.7.7 3.1.3.11 c) BCR
10
Radar
3.1.3.12 d) True vector
e) Relative vecto
Own course 270 (T) at 16 kts.
Time Bearing Range
1412 272 (T) 13.0 M
1424 274 (T) 7.4 M
Find the following:
X.2.1.7.8 a) CPA and TCPA
b) Course & speed of target Shipborne
2.1.7.8 3.1.3.11 c) Aspect at 1424
15
Radar
3.1.3.12 At 1426, own ship altered course 60o to Stbd.
Find:
d) When own ship should resume
course to achieve a nearest approach
of 2 M and
e) Time when CPA of 2 M will occur
What are the various log books maintained Company
2.1.7.9 3.1.3.9 on the bridge of your ship? 2
Manuals
2.1.8 Demonstrate ability to understand utility of Aids to Navigation
State the operational tests for confirming that
the following equipment is functioning at
optimum level, on your vessel.
Maker’s 3
2.1.8.1
a) Radar Manual
b) GPS 2
Refer to the operating manuals and explain the
Maker’s
2.1.8.2 3.1.2.2 procedures for switching on & operating the 3
Radar. Manual
A. State and explain briefly the important
characteristics of a target that influence its
Shipborne 4
2.1.8.3 range of detection by Radar.
B. What are various spurious echoes? Explain
Radar
briefly the various types of spurious echoes.
4
A. In coastal waters, acquire a target on the
ARPA.
At the same time, plot the target manually
2.1.8.4 on the Radar plotting sheet.
4
Work out the CPA, TCPA, BCR, course and
speed on the plotting sheet.
Page 8 of 10
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 2
Related
Task
B. Compare the same with the ARPA reading

and write the readings obtained on the
plotting sheet and ARPA in your workbook.
Ask the OOW to confirm the observation 1
by requesting him to sign on the plotting
sheet and your working. Attach the plotting
sheet to your workbook.
Explain using diagrams how you would carry
out the following, using Parallel Indexing
technique.
Shipborne 3
2.1.8.5 a) To pass a point of land on a gyro-stabilized
RM display Radar
b) Altering course off a navigational mark on
a gyro-stabilized RM display
3
2.1.9 Identification of Emergencies and response thereto
State the action that needs to be taken in case of
the following incidents, as per your vessel’s Nautical
contingency plans. Watchkeeping
Also fill in the relevant IMO/company forms 5
and attach a copy of the filled form in your
2.1.9.1 workbook.
a) Collision at sea Vessel’s
b) Grounding of vessel Contingency 5
c) Fire in cargo compartment, while vessel is Plan
at sea
5
Your vessel has been contacted by the RRC
regarding a vessel in distress in the vicinity,
instructing your vessel to proceed to assist the IAMSAR
2.1.9.2 vessel in distress. 10
State the steps/action to be taken under the Seamanship
circumstances & also while rescuing persons
from the sea.
A. Locate the IAMSAR manual/s.
How many manuals are there in all and
which ones do you have on board your
1
IAMSAR
ship?
2.1.9.3 B. What is the purpose of the IAMSAR? 2
C. Write a short note on AMVER &
INSPIRES. ALRS
Did you come across other similar reporting
5
systems?
For the port of Rotterdam and for your next port
of call, find out the procedures/phone nos./VHF
Channels for contacting the following Port
Authorities by phone/VHF etc.
Guide to
2.1.9.4 a) Port Control 6
b) Fire Brigade Port Entry
c) Ambulance service
d) Police
e) Tugs
Page 9 of 10
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. A vessel in port has a fire in the cargo hold.
State your priorities/steps/action to be taken
in tackling an emergency situation of this Nautical 10
nature. Watchkeeping
2.1.9.5 B. While a vessel is in port, an oil spill occurs
while taking bunkers. State the Shipboard
priorities/steps/action to be taken in Contingency 5
tackling an emergency situation of this Plan
nature.
Using IAMSAR, describe the various search
patterns for locating persons in distress or
2.1.9.6 vessels in distress. Elaborate upon various IAMSAR 15
visual & electronic aids that can be used for this
purpose. Explain with appropriate diagrams.
2.1.10 Carefully study the Shipboard Contingency Plan and be always prepared to implement it
A. Assume that you have a fire in the E/R. 5
Using the company’s Contingency 5
checklist, fill out the relevant data in the 3
checklist.
B. Assume a collision has taken place in open
sea. Using the Contingency checklist, fill
out the relevant data in the checklist. Contingency
2.1.10.1 3.1.5.1
C. Assume the vessel has run aground in Manual
pilotage waters. Using the Contingency 3
checklist, fill out the relevant data in the
checklist.
D. Assume that oil pollution has also occurred
due to the above incident. Use the relevant
checklist for reporting pollution.
A. State the procedure for transmitting a
Maker’s
distress signal on VHF DSC using the 10
Manual
2.1.10.2
B. State the procedure for transmitting a
GMDSS
distress signal on MF DSC using the 10
for GOC
State the GMDSS equipment fitted on your
GMDSS
2.1.10.3 vessel & explain briefly the function of each 10
equipment. for GOC
A. State the procedure for carrying out testing
of VHF DSC using the specific equipment 6
fitted on board your vessel. Maker’s
B. At what intervals is the VHF DSC required Manual
to be tested?
2
2.1.10.4 3.1.7.4 C. State the procedure for carrying out testing
of MF DSC using the specific equipment 2
fitted on board your vessel. GMDSS
D. At what intervals is the MF DSC required for GOC 6
to be tested? Write the make & model of
the equipment in use. 4
Page 10 of 10
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 2
Related
Task
2.2.1 Checklist for attending to weather/water tightness of the various openings on deck and in the accommodation
A. What is the difference between the terms
“weather tight” and “water tight”?
1
International
B. Before departure from a port, you have Convention
been assigned the task of checking the on Load
water tightness and weather tightness on Lines 2
your ship.
2.2.1.1 Briefly explain how you will achieve this.
C. Locate and list out the various water tight
and weather tight doors on your vessel.
2
D. With the help of a drawing, show how a Ship
water tight door is different from a weather Construction 5
tight door.
A. What periodical checks are to be carried out
Ship
on these doors to ensure their proper 2
performance?
Construction
2.2.1.2
B. Attach a completed copy of the Water Tight On board
Integrity Check List for your vessel. Check Lists 2
A. Locate where the spare rubber packings are
kept on your ship.
Cut a small piece of one of the packings.
Draw a detailed diagram showing 1
dimensions of the cross section of the
following rubber packing:
a) Hatch covers
b) Tank lids/booby hatches 1
c) Air pipes 1
d) Ramps 1
2.2.1.4 e) Accommodation doors Ship 1
2.2.1.3 f) Water tight doors 1
2.2.1.5 Construction
B. Draw a detailed diagram with dimensions,
showing the packing, holding arrangement,
securing arrangement, etc., for any one of
3
the above.
C. What are the reasons for the packing to
deteriorate and how will you prevent this?
1
D. Assist the bosun in renewal of packings for
the above and record the procedure
followed in your workbook. Request the 3
STO to confirm the same by signing in the
workbook.
A. What are the various methods used on your
ship to check the water tight integrity of the 3
water tight doors?
2.2.1.3 B. Assist the bosun in checking the water tight
2.2.1.4
2.2.1.5 integrity of the above. Record the
procedure followed in your workbook and 3
request the STO to confirm the same by
signing in the workbook.
Page 1 of 3
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 2
Related
Task
Explain how water tightness is achieved in

2.2.1.3 Ship
2.2.1.5 water tight doors. What maintenance is to be 2
2.2.1.4 carried out for this arrangement? Construction
2.2.2 Ship’s Derricks and Cranes, their maintenance, regular checks, preventive maintenance and
compliance with regulations regarding Safety and Safe Working Load
A. Assist the bosun in rigging/ topping/
lowering heavy lift derricks. Use suitable
diagrams to indicate how these operations Cargo Work 5
2.2.2.1 were carried out. for Ship’s
B. Record the procedures followed in your Officers
workbook and request the STO to confirm 5
the same by signing in the workbook.
Get the requisite permission from your Chief
Officer before attempting this question.
A. Learn how to operate the controls of a 2
derrick or crane on your vessel.
B. Practice the following without any load on

the crane/derrick:
Topping/lowering derrick/ crane, lowering
and lifting the runner wire of the derrick/
crane, slewing the derrick union purchase/
crane with the runner wire at maximum
length (remember to keep the cargo block 3
clear of all structures in the vicinity). Code of Safe
C. Notice how the block tends to swing when Working
2.2.2.2 you attempt to slew the derrick union Practices for
purchase/crane. Merchant 3
Describe the technique that can be used to Seaman
slew without swinging the hook.
D. Now try and master the technique of
swinging the derrick union purchase/ crane
a little faster without causing the hook to
swing.
Request the STO to confirm your
1
proficiency in safe and efficient operation
of the derrick union purchase/crane by
signing in the workbook.
E. Explain with diagrams the standard signals
used by a signalman controlling 3
winch/crane operations.
A. Explain the following in relation to
derricks and cranes: 1
a) Union purchase
2.2.2.3 b) Doubling gear Seamanship 1
B. If you have the opportunity on your
ship to assist in rigging any of the 2
above, describe the procedure followed.
Page 2 of 3
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. Observe the different types of slings used

for handling cargo on your ship or any other
ship in port. List the different types of
2
slings you have seen.
B. Analyze and state how each of these slings Cargo Work
1.2.2.3 function.
2
2.2.2.4 for Ship’s
2.2.2.3 C. Draw at least 3 different types of slings and
explain how these slings help prevent Officers
damage to cargo.
Draw only what you have actually seen in
3
operation.
You may have noticed certain symbols or

markings (e.g. Umbrella, no hooks, max nine
high stack, etc.) being used on the packing of
X.2.2.2 cargoes to indicate care of the cargo. 10
Draw/write each of these symbols which you
have seen and explain what they denote.
Give examples where necessary.
2.2.3 Shipment documents and Tallying arrangement
A. How will you ensure the safety of Code of Safe
stevedores while they are on board Working 3
loading/discharging cargo? Practices for
B. List the locations where portable safety rails Merchant
are provided on your ship and request the
2.2.3.5 Seaman 1
STO to confirm the same by signing in the
workbook.
C. What provisions are there in the cargo
spaces of your ship for lighting in case of Company 1
power failure in port while working cargo? Manuals
What are shifting boards? What are they used Cargo Work
for? Explain their construction with a diagram.
for Ship’s
2.2.3.6 Officers 4
IMO Grain
Code
1.2.2.10 A. State the important points to be observed
IMDG Code
1.2.3.6 regarding packing and stowage 3
2.2.3.7 3.2.3.6 arrangements for hazardous cargo.
3.2.3.7 B. Where will you get this information? Cargo Work 1
A. How often are fire rounds taken on board
your vessel?
1
B. What is the importance of such rounds and
what checks will you carry out during a fire 1
2.2.3.8 round? Ship’s Plans
C. What are the items required when carrying
out fire rounds?
1
D. On your vessel’s plan, mark the fire patrol 1
route taken. 1
Page 3 of 3
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 2
Related
Task
2.3.1 At anchorage/moorings/berthed in port, gangway duties, safety of own vessel when other vessel is
passing by
A. With the help of a sketch, explain the
arrangement for gangway on board your ship 5
and also the rigging procedures.
B. State what precautions and safety measures
you will take while rigging the gangway.
2
C. Assist in rigging the gangway under Shipboard
1.3.2.9 supervision and request the STO to confirm
2.3.1.1 Plan and
3.4.1.2 that proper procedures have been followed
by signing against your answer in the Manual 3
workbook.
D. Assist in rigging the gangway safety net. Do

you need to rig a gangway net at anchorage? 3
Give reason.
A. What is the importance of keeping a lookout
for an oil slick?
1
B. What is the procedure to be followed when
2.3.1.2 an oil slick is found drifting towards your 2
vessel, when the vessel is alongside in port?
C. What do you understand by the terms
“persistent” and “non-persistent” oils?
2
A. What is the importance of maintaining a
Gangway register/Visitor’s log?
2
B. While you are on gangway duties, you are
asked to maintain a Gangway register. State
Company 2
2.3.1.3 what are the various entries that should be
made, give reasons.
Manual
C. What are the various notices that should be
posted at the gangway of your ship when in 1
port?
What special precautions should be taken
1.3.1.13 with respect to moorings, when you are
2.3.1.4 3
3.2.3.9 alongside a berth where there is a lot of
passing traffic? Explain giving reasons.
A. State what precautions should be taken,
giving reasons, in the following cases: 1
a) barge coming alongside
b) pilot boat coming alongside 1
c) tug boat assisting in pushing the ship
alongside during berthing
1
B. What flags are to be flown in the following
2.3.1.5 cases: 1
a) receiving bunkers
b) requesting pilot services 1
c) requesting free pratique 1
d) when pilot on board 1
e) when underwater hull cleaning in
progress
1
Page 1 of 7
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. How is garbage on board your ship

segregated?
1
B. How do you dispose plastics on your ship? Waste 1
C. What is done with used batteries on board Management
your ship? Plan 1
2.3.1.6
D. What are the different methods of disposing
food waste?
1
E. Read MARPOL Annex V and state the MARPOL
contents of all placards posted on your ship 1
in accordance with regulation 9.
2.3.1 When steaming at sea or on a passage, safety and pollution prevention
A. What are the basic requirements as per
Annex I of MARPOL regarding control of 10
discharge of oil for your vessel?
B. Which regulation in MARPOL Annex I
refers to the Oil Record Book? Read this MARPOL 1
regulation thoroughly.
1.3.1.7 C. On board your ship, where is the ORB
2.3.2.1 located?
1
3.3.6.3
D. In your opinion, what is the use of an ORB? Chief 1
E. What are the circumstances under which an Engineer
entry should be made?
1
F. Under which column of the ORB will you
make an entry if there is an oil spillage due 1
to grounding of the vessel?
A. Assist the Chief Officer in ballasting and
deballasting operations and confirm that you
have assisted him by requesting the STO to
3
2.3.2.2 sign in the workbook.
B. What precautions should be taken while
carrying out ballasting & deballasting 2
operations on your ship?
A. What is the full form of SOPEP? 1
B. How many copies of SOPEP are there on
board and where are they located?
1
C. Which regulation of MARPOL Annex I SOPEP and
deals with SOPEP? Company 1
D. What are the requirements of SOPEP as per Manuals
1
2.3.2.3 MARPOL?
E. Study the SOPEP on board your vessel and
give a brief description of layout and 3
contents. MARPOL
F. What is the full form of QI? Who is the QI
as per your SOPEP?
1
G. What are the QI’s functions? 2
2.3.3 Dealing with corrosion, erosion, pitting and galvanic action
What preparations will you make on deck for
2.3.3.1 port state control inspection?
5
Page 2 of 7
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. Explain briefly the following terms:

a) Mill Scale
1
b) Rust 1
1.3.2.1 c) Pitting 1
Ship
2.3.3.2 1.3.2.14 d) Galvanic action 1
Construction
1.3.2.15 e) Float coat paint 1
B. What are the tools/methods used for electro
derusting on board your vessel? Also briefly 5
explain how chemical descaling is done.
Describe in detail the procedure for ideal surface
preparation of the following material, prior
applying the protective coat:
3
Seamanship
2.3.3.3 a) Mild steel
b) Galvanized steel Paint Manual 2
c) Aluminum 2
d) Wood work 2
State with reasons what paints are used for the
following locations on your ship: 1
a) Gangway
b) Bridge deck 1
2.3.3.4 c) Shower rooms Paint Manual 1
d) Fresh water tanks 1
e) Ballast tanks 1
f) Bilges 1
g) Funnel uptakes 1
2.3.4 Fire detection and smothering
A. State the make/type of flame/heat/smoke
detector system on board your vessel.
3
Maker’s
2.3.4.1 3.3.3.3 B. With the help of a drawing, explain the
Manual
principle and procedure of operation, testing 7
and maintenance of this system.
A. What is the difference between smoke
detecting sensor, flame detecting sensor and 2
heat sensor? Maker’s
2.3.4.2 3.3.3.3 B. Explain the testing and maintenance of the Manual
smoke detecting sensor/flame detecting 3
sensor, heat sensor on board your vessel.
A. State the make/type of the smothering
system available on board your ship.
2
B. With the help of a suitable drawing, explain
Maker’s
2.3.4.3 3.3.3.4 the smothering system for holds, 5
accommodation and E/R on your vessel.
Manual
C. Explain the various controls and method for
using the system. 5
A. Explain the procedure for testing the
smothering gas pipeline system with Maker’s 4
2.3.4.4 compressed air, on your ship. Manual
B. How often should the pipeline be tested? 1
Page 3 of 7
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. Draw a diagram of fire flaps/dampers on

deck and accommodation also showing the 6
compartment it is meant for. Ship’s Plans
B. What maintenance schedule/procedures are
2.3.4.5 to be followed for the same?
2
C. What is a fire door? Vessel’s PMS 2
D. How are these doors closed in case of fire on
your ship?
1
1.3.3.8 Choose an enclosed space on your ship. Vessel’s

Assume you are doing a mock drill.
2.3.4.6 1.3.3.9 State what precautions you will take prior
Contingency 5
3.3.3.10 entering this enclosed space. Plans
2.3.5 Knowledge of Life Saving Appliances, their layout, operation and maintenance
A. Tabulate neatly the make/type/number/
location of lifejackets, immersion suits and SOLAS 3
thermal protective aid. LSA Code
2.3.5.1
B. With the help of a drawing, describe how Maker’s
you will don the lifejacket, immersion suit or Manual 9
thermal protective aid.
A. State the duties and responsibilities of
personnel assigned for launching lifeboats 3
and liferafts on board your vessel.
B. You are asked to plan a motor lifeboat
launching using four crew members. State Vessel’s PMS 2
what duties you will assign to them.
2.3.5.2 C. What maintenance do you normally carry out
for lifeboat falls, davits and embarkation Maker’s 3
ladders on board your vessel? Manual
D. What is the purpose of the davit safety cut
off switch?
2
E. What maintenance should be done on this
switch?
1
A. Prepare a list of pyrotechnics on the bridge
and in the lifeboats.
1
B. What pyrotechnics do you think will be there
in the liferaft?
1
C. Where can this information be sourced? 1
D. Using the company’s Safety Report form, fill Vessel’s PMS
out relevant data regarding expiry dates of
2.3.5.3
pyrotechnics to show an understanding of Maker’s 2
periods of expiry of various LSA and paste it Manual
in your workbook.
E. On board your vessel, how does the float
free arrangement for the EPIRB work?
6
F. What checks will you carry out to ensure
proper functioning of this arrangement?
2
Refer to the operating instructions for Line
throwing apparatus and Pyrotechnics on board Maker’s
2.3.5.4 3.3.4.12 your vessel and explain the procedure and
6
Manual
precaution to be taken while firing.
Page 4 of 7
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. How will you go about launching your

vessel’s lifeboat and liferaft?
3
B. Check your lifeboat propeller and note the
direction of rotation when the engine is Company
2.3.5.5 1
running ahead. Is it the same for port as well Training
as stbd lifeboats? Manual
C. Once in water, how will you maneuver the
lifeboat and liferaft clear of the ship?
3
Explain with the help of a diagram, what is an
X.2.3.5 “on load” release system, how is it used and the 10
precautions to be observed when using the same?
A. After obtaining permission from your STO,
start and operate the lifeboat engines under Maker’s 3
the supervision of an engineer.
Manual for
2.3.5.6 1.3.4.3 B. Explain the starting and operating procedure
of the lifeboat engine on your ship.
Lifeboat 2
C. List the various spares required for the Engine
lifeboat engines.
2
2.3.6 Practice of first aid
A. What procedures will you follow to stop Ship Captain
severe bleeding?
3
2.3.6.1 3.3.5.3 Medical
B. How will you help in resuscitation of a
patient who is unconscious? Guide 5
A. What is hypothermia? 3
B. What are the causes, symptoms and
Ship Captain
treatment for the following: 3
2.3.6.2 3.3.5.4 a) Hypothermia Medical
b) Shock Guide 3
c) Heat stroke 3
A. How will you treat the following:
a) Cuts
2
Ship Captain
2.3.6.3 b) Wounds Medical 2
c) Cold Burns Guide 2
d) Fracture 2
Using the checklist in the contingency plans on
board your ship, state the full procedure to seek Ship Captain
radio medical advice by SatCom/telex/fax/email Medical
in each of the following cases and also indicate
5
2.3.6.4 Guide
the treatment administered on board:
a) Serious head injury ALRS
b) Severe pain in the right side of the abdomen 5
2.3.7 Importance of “stitch in time saves nine”!
A. Write down the procedure for using Oxygen Maker’s
Analyzer and Explosimeter on board your Manual for 8
2.3.7.1 ship, using diagrams where necessary. Oxygen
B. When would you use an oxygen analyzer Analyzer and
and when would you use an explosimeter?
2
Explosimeter
Page 5 of 7
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 2
Related
Task
With the help of a diagram, show how you will

2.3.7.2 1.2.2.3 go about measuring the size of a block.
Seamanship 5
A. Using a suitable diagram, explain how you
will make the following splices: 5
a) back splice
b) eye splice 5
2.3.7.3 c) long splice Seamanship 5
d) short splice
Show the splices to your STO and get his
acceptance by signing in your workbook and in 5
the CRB.
A. What are the various types, material and size
of paint brushes available on board your 3
ship?
B. Where would you use each of these types of
brushes?
2
2.3.7.4 C. What would you do before putting a paint Seamanship
brush into use for the first time? Explain
giving reasons.
1
D. What is the procedure/care required for a

paint brush after use?
2
A. What are the precautions to be exercised
when painting?
3
B. What are the possible reasons for the
following defects in the paintwork: 2
a) Fading
b) Blistering 2
c) Cracks 2
d) Discoloration 2
e) Non-drying of coated surface 2
f) Air bubbles Seamanship 2
g) Dripping paint 2
1.3.2.13
C. Name the various types of paints and
2.3.7.5 1.3.2.14 thinners available on board your ship.
4
1.3.2.15 D. Read the data sheets for each of these paints
and thinners and state in a tabular form the Paint Manual
following:
2
a) the drying time
b) Dry film thickness 2
c) Wet film thickness 2
d) Spreading rate 2
e) Surface preparation required 2
f) Application method recommended 2
g) Precaution to be taken 2
h) Thinner to be used 2
What are the precautions to be taken when
2.3.7.6 painting in open spaces and confined spaces?
5
Page 6 of 7
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 2
Related
Task
A. Differentiate between stores and spares. 3

B. Take inventory of all deck stores and note
down in your workbook.
2.3.7.7
Verify the inventory by requesting the STO 10
to sign in your workbook against this
answer.
Request your STO to assign you a canvas
stitching task – preferably stitching a cover for an
exposed piece of machinery.
Take a crew member’s assistance if required.
What are the different types of stitches? Practice
2.3.8.1 the same.
Seamanship 10
Request the STO to sign against this answer to
confirm that the stitching done by you is
acceptable.
A. What are the various types of canvas

available and which types are available on 2
board your ship?
B. What is the difference between the material
of waterproof canvas and ordinary canvas?
2
C. How is canvas graded? What is the standard
2
2.3.8.2 width of canvas? Seamanship
D. Name the different tools, which you would
require, for stitching canvas.
2
E. What is the advantage of putting eyelets on
canvas?
1
F. Practice the same and state the procedure
used.
2
Page 7 of 7
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Related
Task
STAGE 2
A. State the make and model of the main
1
engine on board your vessel.
B. Is it 2-stroke or 4-stroke? Chief 1
C. How many units does the main engine Engineer
1
EK.2.1 have?
D. How are the units numbered? Ship’s 1
E. Besides diesel engines, what other Drawings
methods are there for providing 1
propulsion power to a ship?
A. What is an exhaust manifold and
Chief 1
exhaust uptake?
Engineer
B. What temperatures can you expect at
EK.2.2 1
these locations?
Basic Marine
C. How are these high temperatures used
Engineering 2
in a positive way?
What do you understand by the following?
a) Turning the engines using the turning 1
Chief
EK.2.3 gear
Engineer
b) Blowing through the engines 1
c) Trying engines on fuel 1
A. How many auxiliary engines are there
1
on your ship?
Chief
EK.2.4 B. State the make/type/model. 1
Engineer
C. How does the auxiliary engine generate
3
electricity?
What do you understand by the term “load Chief
EK.2.5 1
on the generator”? Engineer
As per regulations, what is the maximum
Chief
EK.2.6 time allowed for the emergency generator 2
Engineer
to come on line during a blackout?
A. Why is bunkering restricted to 85-90% Chief
2
capacity of the tank? Engineer
EK.2.7 B. How many days reserve fuel/diesel is
required to be maintained on board as Company 2
per your company’s manuals? Manuals
What is the daily consumption of the fuel
Chief
EK.2.8 used for the main engine, auxiliary engine 3
Engineer
and boiler when at sea and when in port?
What is the function of a purifier?
Chief
Engineer
EK.2.9 2
Basic Marine
Engineering
Page 1 of 4
Related
Task
A. After obtaining the permission of the

STO, steer the vessel using 1 steering
motor and then with 2 steering motors –
2
what difference do you note? STO
EK.2.10
B. How much time does the rudder take to SOLAS
go from hard-a-port to 30o on stbd side
2
with 1 motor and with 2 motors? (Try
this when alongside.)
Draw a block diagram showing various
components of the steering system, Maker’s
EK.2.11 5
including hydraulic tanks. Manual
Describe the methods of steering available

on your ship in case of a failure of the Maker’s
EK.2.12 telemotor system. 5
Manual
Draw a block diagram showing the boiler

Maker’s
EK.2.13 system and its connection to other 5
Manual
accessories.
What pressures and temperatures are Chief
EK.2.14 2
maintained in the boiler? Engineer
What is “water hammering”? Chief
EK.2.15 3
Engineer
What is the purpose of a turbocharger? Chief
EK.2.16 1
Engineer
What is the purpose of an air compressor? Chief
EK.2.17 1
Engineer
A. Which compressor supplies air to deck?
1
State the working pressure.
Chief
EK.2.18 B. Which compressor supplies air to the
Engineer
forward whistle? Which compressor 2
supplies air to the aft whistle?
Locate the following types of pumps on
board your ship and state the machinery that
1
they serve in a tabular form:
a) centrifugal pump Chief
EK.2.19
b) reciprocating pump Engineer 1
c) gear pump 1
d) vane pump 1
e) screw pump 1
What is the principle of operation of the
fresh water generator? Basic Marine
EK.2.20 3
Engineering
Page 2 of 4
Related
Task
Name the refrigerant used for the cooling of

Chief
EK.2.21 the refrigerated chambers. 1
Engineer
Draw a block diagram showing the route of
Chief
EK.2.22 water from the E/R bilges to the overboard 3
Engineer
discharge and to the bilge holding tank.
What kind of garbage is burnt in the
EK.2.23 incinerator? STO 1
Draw the general layout of the Engine

Maker’s
EK.2.24 Control Room. 3
Manual
A. Where is the Dead Man alarm switched
1
on in the engine room?
B. Explain the purpose of this alarm. Chief
EK.2.25
Engineer
2
State the protection provided against

electric shock when operating the generator Chief
EK.2.26 1
panel in the ECR. Engineer
List the various fire extinguishers in the

EK.2.27 ECR. Ship’s Plan 1
In case of an elevator breakdown, what is

Chief
EK.2.28 the procedure to be used by the person 3
Engineer
trapped inside the elevator to escape?
A. What is the meaning of high sea and
Chief 1
EK.2.29 low sea suction?
Engineer
B. When are these used? 1
A. What is the purpose of a bilge high
1
level alarm? Chief
EK.2.30
B. If this alarm sounds in the E/R, what Engineer
2
does an engineer do?
What are the capabilities of a lathe? Chief
EK.2.31 2
Engineer
Under what circumstances will you use a:
1
a) Screw Spanner
b) Open End Spanner 1
c) 12 Point Ring Spanner Chief 1
EK.2.32
d) Slogging wrench (hammering spanner) Engineer 1
e) Socket Wrench 1
f) American Pipe Spanner 1
g) Allen key 1
Page 3 of 4
Related
Task
What are the precautions to be taken when

EK.2.33 2
using the engine room crane?
How many oxygen and acetylene bottles do
you have on board? How are they color
EK.2.34 coded? STO 2
Page 4 of 4
WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 3
Related
Task
3.1.1 Consult publications, select chart of adequate scale and set courses
A. Request permission from Master/
Navigating Officer before carrying out this
task.
Chart Work
Prepare a passage plan (berth to berth) and 18
lay the courses on the appropriate charts
from your present port to your next port of
call. M & MS
B. All associated paperwork should also be Notices
done.
3.1.1.1
Attach a copy of the passage plan to your 5
workbook duly attested by the navigating Bridge
officer. Publications
C. If your ship were to be equipped with an
ECDIS, could the entire passage planning
be done on the ECDIS? What is the
SOLAS 3
requirement of Charts and Publications as
per SOLAS Chapter V? Write in your own
words.
A. Which are the publications available on
board where information about Load Line
zones, areas and seasonal periods will be
2
available?
B. Neatly tabulate the different zones and the
dates applicable.
8
C. What is the relevance of these different
zones?
3
D. Enumerate the various data available in the
Admiralty Tide Tables.
8
E. Is the same information available in all the
volumes of the Admiralty Tide Tables? 5
What are the differences, if any?
F. Explain the following terms. Use a diagram International
where applicable. Convention
3.1.1.2 a) Chart Datum On Load
b) Height of Tide
Lines
c) High water
d) Low water
e) Flood tide
f) Ebb Tide
g) Range of tide
30
h) Spring tides
i) Neap tides
j) Mean High Water Springs
k) Mean Low Water Neaps
l) Highest Astronomical Tide
m) Mean Sea Level
n) Bore
o) Bore tide
Page 1 of 9
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 3
Related
Task
A. Explain briefly how tides are formed. What

are tidal streams?
5
Principles of
X.3.1.1.2 B. Is the datum used on charts the same for
Navigation
heights and depths? Explain the difference, 3
if any.
A. Vessel intends to sail out of Narvik on 30th
March with a draft of 6.4 m. (Use the
current year ATT.)
The master requires minimum clearance of
0.7 m over shoal charted 5.0 m. Calculate Tide Tables
the earliest UTC time to cross the shoal.
Extract from ATT I
5
Principles of
3.1.1.3 Prediction at Narvik: Navigation
29th 2041 0.2 m
30th 0257 3.2 m Almanac
Please note that the dates given do not refer
to a particular year.
B. Will you use Civil or Natural twilight time
when working out star sights? Explain. 3
3.1.2 Compass work, course to steer and plotting position
Refer to the relevant regulations of SOLAS
Chapter V and briefly explain in your own
words the requirements for the following
equipments:
a) Magnetic Compass
b) Spare Magnetic Compass
c) Gyro Compass
d) ECDIS
X.3.1.2.1 e) Radar
SOLAS 24
f) ARPA
g) GPS
h) Echo sounder
i) AIS
j) VDR
k) Rate of Turn indicator
l) Log
A. What care and maintenance would you
2
carry out on an azimuth mirror?
3.1.2.1
B. What is a shadow pin and how is it used
2
to obtain a bearing?
A. State the initializing and starting procedure
of the Gyro compass and GPS.
6
Maker’s
2.1.3.1 B. How would you ascertain whether the GPS Manual
is functioning correctly?
2
3.1.2.2 2.1.6.6 Bridge
2.1.8.2 C. Discuss the limitations and advantages of Equipment and
the various electronic aids to navigation on Watchkeeping 15
your ship.
Page 2 of 9
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 3
Related
Task
3.1.3 Importance of Look out duties during day and night

A. Request the STO to permit you to keep
lookout duties from the monkey island,
forecastle and from the crow’s nest.
How is keeping a lookout from these 3 7
places different from keeping a lookout
from the bridge wing, in good visibility and
2.1.6.1
3.1.3.1 in restricted visibility? SOLAS
2.1.7.7 B. What communication system do you have
from these 3 locations to the bridge?
2
C. Read the regulation in SOLAS Chapter V
relating to Navigation Bridge Visibility and
describe it in your own words. Use
5
drawings where necessary.
A. Describe the telegraph control of your
bridge. Is it a stepless control or can you 2
only adjust to certain speeds?
B. How would you give Full Away? Maker’s 1
C. Can the vessel operate on an UMS mode? Manual
1
D. Is there any indication on the bridge that
allows you to know that the vessel is in 1
UMS mode?
E. What is the procedure of giving FWE? Chief 1
F. What is the make/type of whistle system on Engineer
3.1.3.2 your ship? How does the whistle operate?
2
G. What is the system for sending the signal
from the bridge to the whistle? Thereafter,
how does it operate? Is there an emergency SOLAS 4
whistle mechanism? How does that
operate?
H. As per Colreg/SOLAS, what is the
requirement for sound signaling appliances Colreg 2
on your ship?
I. Describe the systems available on your ship
for internal communications.
4
Request permission to be present in the engine
room during maneuvering.
3.1.3.3 Observe the operations carried out and write 6
brief notes of your understanding of the
operation in your workbook.
A. Read and understand the Standing orders in
the company’s day/night order book. Write
briefly, in your workbook, your Company’s
understanding of these Standing orders.
Has the Master written any additional
Manual and 5
3.1.3.4 instructions? Documents
Note these additional instructions in your
workbook.
B. Also note down in your workbook the
special instructions that the Master has 2
written for arrival at any port.
Page 3 of 9
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 3
Related
Task
A. Read the relevant part of STCW giving

guidance on keeping an anchor watch and
keeping a watch at sea. Write down your 8
understanding of this guidance in your own STCW
words.
B. When maintaining an anchor watch, what
Nautical
3.1.3.5 are the various indications of a vessel 3
Watchkeeping
dragging anchor?
C. What kind of sea bed would you consider
good holding ground and why? Seamanship 2
D. What factors would you take into
consideration when determining the amount 2
of cable to be used?
How will you ensure, as an Officer, that the
lookout man is keeping a proper lookout? What
3.1.3.6 techniques will you use to promote good
3
teamwork on bridge?
Write down the routine entries that are made by
Nautical
3.1.3.7 an OOW in the deck log book while on a 6
Watchkeeping
navigational watch at sea.
List the names of various record/log books
3.1.3.8 2.1.7.11 being maintained on the bridge. Also list their 6
purpose.
A. Locate and briefly describe the hand lead
line.
2
3.1.3.9 B. State the markings on the hand lead line. Seamanship 2
C. What do you understand by arming the
lead?
2
A. Compare & discuss the advantages/
X.2.1.7.8 disadvantages between relative motion 5
3.1.3.10 2.1.7.9 display and true motion display on Radar.
Shipborne
3.1.3.12 B. What are the other types of displays
available on the Radar?
Radar 2
Discuss the different methods of fixing a
3.1.3.11 1.1.7.4 vessel’s position using Radar.
10
3.1.4 Tropical Storms – Locate area of low pressure and their likely path
On any voyage, make daily weather
observations as applicable to a Standard Ship.
Marine
X.3.1.4 Use the weather code to fill the appropriate 6
weather report forms. Meteorology
Copy the codes into your workbook.
What is dew point? Explain how this
information is useful from a navigational point
Marine
3.1.4.1 5
of view. Meteorology
A. What is Navtex and what are its principal Maker’s
features? Manual
3.1.4.2 B. State how you will program the Navtex 10
receiver on board to receive various types GMDSS
of messages. Handbook
Page 4 of 9
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 3
Related
Task
C. List the various subject groups along with

the subject indicators. In your workbook,
paste 3 different types of Navtex messages ALRS
and decipher the codes given therein. 7
D. Which chapter/regulation of SOLAS refers SOLAS
to requirements of Navtex? Write the
requirements in your own words.
A. Give the local names, areas and seasons of
TRS around the world.
5
B. What are the ideal conditions for the
formation of a TRS?
5
Mariner’s
C. Describe the origin, movement and life span
Handbook 6
of a TRS.
D. Describe the structure of a TRS using a
suitable sketch. Marine 6
E. What are the warning signs of an Observer’s
3.1.4.3 approaching TRS? Guide 4
F. Define the following with respect to a TRS.
a) Track
2
b) Path 2
c) Right hand semi-circle Marine 2
d) Left hand semi-circle Meteorology 2
e) Dangerous quadrant 2
G. What are the actions to be taken when the
approach of a TRS is confirmed?
6
3.1.5 Participate in Emergency exercises & distinguish the various distress signals
A. Copy down the ship specific checklist for
each of the emergency plans (fire, collision, 10
grounding, etc.).
B. Which ISM Code element requires these ISM Code
ship specific emergency plans?
5
C. Compare this checklist with the checklist Company’s
3.1.5.1 4
given in the ICS Bridge Procedure Manual. Checklist
D. Also note down the duties of the OOW on
the bridge during the emergency.
5
Colreg
E. List the different types of signals used to
indicate distress and need of assistance. 5
Draw these signals in your workbook.
While the vessel is out at sea, assume you see
orange smoke on the horizon.
3.1.5.2 Prepare a checklist of the actions to be taken as
6
per vessel’s contingency plans.
Locate the Company’s Contingency Manual.
Company’s
3.1.5.3 Note down, in bulleted form, the various 5
information available therein. Manuals
For one of the mock fire drills on board your

Company’s
3.1.5.4 vessel, state the entries you will make in the 5
time/incident log. Manuals
Page 5 of 9
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 3
Related
Task
3.1.6 Maneuvering parameters, steering gear and action of rudder

A. Explain with the help of a suitable diagram
the principle and working of the steering 10
gear system on board your vessel. Maker’s
3.1.6.1 2.1.6.10
B. State various emergencies/alarms associated Manual
with the steering gear system and explain 10
briefly how you will deal with them.
A. Under what circumstances will a vessel be
required to navigate with 2 steering motors?
Which SOLAS regulation governs this
requirement?
What is the SOLAS requirement for Steering
Gear regarding Testing and Drills? Write in
your own words.
B. What is the operating procedure for the
thruster (if available)? SOLAS
C. What is the maximum ship speed at which
the thruster can be operated and why is
there this limitation? Maker’s
3.1.6.2 D. What is the power of the thruster?
15
Manual
E. Compare this with the power of the main
engine.
F. Is there a time delay between the operation
of the telegraph and the response of the
Chief
main engine?
G. Would it be different on steam turbine and Engineer
diesel engine ships?
H. What is the critical rpm range of your ship?
I. What is your understanding of “critical
rpm”?
J. Compare the ahead/astern of Main Engine.
A. Assume a man falls overboard from your
vessel, when the vessel is at sea.
Explain the man overboard procedures you
will follow, giving reasons where
applicable.
B. Explain with the help of a diagram how a
3.1.6.3 Williamson’s Turn is executed to pick up
IAMSAR 15
the man.
C. Refer to the IAMSAR manual and describe
using a diagram other types of turns that
can be executed under the prevailing
circumstances.
A. What are the indications to show that a
vessel is in “shallow water”? State which
of these you have observed on your ship
while navigating in shallow waters.
10
3.1.6.4 B. Briefly state your understanding of “squat”
Seamanship
and other “shallow water effects”.
C. When would you consider that your vessel
is in shallow waters?
3
Page 6 of 9
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 3
Related
Task
D. After obtaining the requisite permission,

steer the ship when she is in shallow waters
in calm weather.
Note down the response to rudder 5
movements and also state whether you
found it easy or difficult to steer a particular
steady course.
A. For one of the port calls of your vessel, fill
out the Pilot information card and paste in Company 2
your workbook. Forms
B. Where are the maneuvering characteristics
of your vessel displayed and what 3
3.1.6.5 information can you obtain from this?
Ship’s Plans
C. What do you understand by Turning Circle,
Advance, Transfer and Tactical Diameter? 8
Explain with the help of a diagram.
Paste a copy of this drawing in your Seamanship
workbook. 2
List out precautions to be taken when making
landfall on your ship in: 3
a) dense traffic Nautical
3.1.6.6
b) restricted visibility Watchkeeping
3
c) bad weather 3
3.1.7 Capability to communicate effectively
A. What are the various equipment available
on board for communication? 1
a) Between ship staff
b) Ship to ship 1
3.1.7.1 1.1.9.3
c) Ship to shore 1
B. Give 4 examples of terms and phrases
commonly used on board but which are not 2
part of SMCP.
A. Request permission from the Master/OOW.
Draft a message giving ETA pilot station to 3
your agents at the next port.
B. State the procedure for sending this telex
message by Sat-A, Sat-B & Sat-C using the
2.1.4.3
specific equipment on board your vessel. Maker’s
3.1.7.2 3.1.7.3 5
3.1.7.6
(Do not actually transmit this message). Manuals
Take a printout of your draft and paste this
in your workbook.
C. State the procedure for sending a telefax
using the specific equipment on board your 5
vessel.
A. What do you understand by Radio
Pratique?
2
3.1.7.3 B. Give an example of a message ALRS
2
requesting free pratique, assuming your
ship is arriving Tokyo.
Page 7 of 9
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 3
Related
Task
A. In case your vessel has a Radio Officer,

spend 7 days with him to understand the GMDSS
basic operation of W/T, VHF, R/T and
Equipment
other equipment under his charge. Write
short notes on your observations.
or 6
Write down the daily, weekly and monthly
tests that are to be carried out on GMDSS
equipment.
B. Who maintains the Radio log on your ship? Maker’s
C. Copy down the headings of each page in Manual 1
your workbook. 2
2.1.4.3 D. What entries are to be made in this log? IAMSAR
Give at least 2 examples of typical entries.
2
3.1.7.4 3.1.7.2 4
E. Besides ALRS, what other publications
3.1.7.6 should be available on board for radio 2
communication? Briefly describe the 2
contents of each of these publications. 2
F. What do you understand by the following: 5
a) Mayday ALRS
b) Pan Pan
c) Securité
G. How will you communicate with a ship
which is transmitting on VHF Ch 16 during 5
a “Mayday” situation to keep radio silence?
H. What do you understand by “radio silence
periods”? What are the R/T and W/T GMDSS for
silence periods? GOC
A. State the procedure to send a distress alert
on Sat-A or Sat-B, Sat-C and DSC using Maker’s 6
specific equipment on board your vessel.
Manual
B. Draw a neat diagram showing the
3.1.7.5
arrangement for GMDSS batteries on board 5
your vessel. GMDSS for
C. What routine maintenance will you carry GOC
out on these batteries?
4
A. State the procedure for operating the
following on test mode on your vessel: 2
a) EPIRB
b) SART Maker’s 2
Manual
3.1.7.6 c) Life Boat Hand Held Radios 2
B. How frequent should the above equipment SOLAS
be tested?
3
C. As per SOLAS, what are the requirements
for EPIRB, SART and life boat hand-held 6
radios?
Which regulation of SOLAS requires a vessel to
1.1.9.8 carry an Aldis lamp? Write a short note of this
3.1.7.7 SOLAS 2
1.1.9.9 requirement in your own words.
Page 8 of 9
FUNCTION 1 STAGE 3
Related
Task
A. While your vessel is at anchor, another
vessel (black hulled, blue funnel, white
accommodation) whose name is not visible,
is seen to be dragging anchor towards your
3
vessel. Write the correct procedure to draw
2.1.4.3 the attention of the vessel on VHF.
3.1.7.8 3.1.7.2 B. Also state any other action that you will
take under the circumstances.
2
3.1.7.3
C. Your vessel is plying in the Gulf of Mexico.
State what publication you will consult to
find out particulars of Mobile Radio & the 5
correct procedure to raise Mobile Radio on
RT for a radio check.
A. State the fog signal you will sound for a
vessel 100 meters or more in length:
a) While the vessel is making way
1
through
b) Vessel underway but stopped 1
3.1.7.9 c) Vessel at anchor
Colreg
1
d) Vessel not under command 1
B. What is the intensity of the signal and
construction of the bell and gong used for 4
making sound signals?
A. In case the ship’s whistle fails, what other
equipment can you use for making sound 1
signals?
X.3.1.7.9 B. State the make/model/type of this
equipment.
1
C. What is the operating procedure for this
equipment?
1
Using International Code of Signals find the
meaning of the following 3 letter hoists:
a) PL 1
3.1.7.10 b) IV 1
INTERCO 2
c) HX 4
d) ED 1
Page 9 of 9
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 3
Related
Task
3.2.1 Hatch closing arrangements, hydraulic/electric/manual

A. How are the holds on your vessel prepared
prior loading cargo?
2
B. Why and how often are hold bilges tested? 2
1.2.1.7 C. How are the hold bilges tested on board
3.2.1.1 Ship’s Plan 2
2.2.1.6 your vessel?
D. Draw a diagram showing the internal and
external construction of the hold bilges of 3
your ship.
A. Write a brief note on side battens and their
purpose.
2
3.2.1.2 1.2.1.14 B. If there are side battens on your ship,
measure the size of one and note this down 1
in your workbook.
A. What is “cargo sweat” and what is “hold
sweat”?
4
B. Explain how you will avoid cargo sweat Cargo Work
3
3.2.1.3 1.2.3.9 with the use of ventilation. for Ship’s
C. What do you understand by trimming of Officers
ventilators and how is “through ventilation” 3
achieved? Explain with a suitable diagram.
A. What is tomming of cargo? 1
B. On a general cargo ship, how will you go Code of Safe
about securing a cargo of steel pipes inside Practice for
the cargo hold?
4
3.2.1.4 Cargo
Use a drawing to explain.
Securing and
C. How would you secure a container on deck
where there are no specific provisions for Stowage 3
loading containers?
A. Explain, with help of a diagram, your Cargo Work
understanding of saucering, bundling and for Ship’s 5
strapping or lashing of grain.
3.2.1.5 Officers
B. What arrangement do you have on your
ship to prevent shifting of grain as per grain 2
rules? Ship’s Plan
A. How do you determine weight of liquid

cargo by taking ullages, temperature and
knowing the specific gravity?
Cargo Work
3.2.1.6 B. Assist the engineer when he is taking a for Ship’s 3
bunker tank ullage/sounding and in the
Officers
calculation of the quantity of oil.
Show the working in your workbook and
request the STO to sign the answer after
checking for correctness.
Make a checklist of all duties to be performed
3.2.1.7 when on cargo watch during day and night.
STCW 5
Page 1 of 4
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 3
Related
Task
Describe the refrigeration system in use on Cargo Work

board your vessel for cargo compartments or
3.2.1.8 provision store. Use diagrams where
for Ship’s 5
appropriate. Officers
3.2.2 Regular lubrication and inspections of moving parts
Check with your STO for safety procedures
before attempting this question.
Choose any one derrick or crane on your vessel.
Note down the SWL and all other markings on
all the components (blocks, shackles, hooks,
3.2.2.1 etc.).
10
Tabulate this information neatly in your
workbook.
Ensure that the table clearly indicates the
meanings of all the markings.
A. From a suitable ship plan, measure/note the
length of the derrick and the height of the
masthead block above the heel block.
In case your ship has only cranes, then note 3
the corresponding measurements. Show
these dimensions with the help of a
drawing.
B. Assume that the boom of a derrick/crane is
3.2.2.2 at an angle of 45o above the horizontal. A Ship’s Plan
weight of 5T is lifted by a gun tackle used
to disadvantage with a lead taken parallel to 3
the derrick through the heel block and then
to the winch 2 m forward of the heel. Find:
a) Stress on derrick head shackle
b) Thrust on hell 3
c) Stress on span shackle 3
d) Stress on heel block shackle 3
What are the factors that you will consider when
determining by visual inspection the condition
of the following cargo gear?
Also state the circumstances under which you
2
3.2.2.3 will determine that the gear is unsafe for use. Seamanship
a) Wire rope
b) Fiber rope 2
c) Blocks 2
d) Shackles 2
3.2.3 Special cargoes, unitized/palletized/general cargo
Shipboard
Describe with the help of diagrams the correct Cargo
3.2.3.1 method of stowing and lashing containers.
5
Securing
Manual
Assist in inspection of painters and fenders.
3.2.3.2 4
Write brief notes in your workbook.
Page 2 of 4
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 3
Related
Task
What would be the appropriate type of handling

gear for the following cargo? Draw a diagram
of each of the handling gear, with focus on how
the gear helps in the safe handling of the cargo. Cargo Work
3.2.3.3 2.2.2.6 a) Drums f) Pipes for Ship’s 20
b) Steel plates g) Wood Pulp Officers
c) Bagged rice h) Palletized Cargo
d) 20 foot container i) Bulk Grain
e) Steel coils j) Iron Ore in Bulk
A. Request the Chief Officer for the message
giving orders for loading of the previous
cargo. Taking all factors (load lines,
stability, ease of handling, port rotation,
etc.) into consideration, plan the stowage of Ship’s Plan
the cargo. Take assistance from any of the
1.2.3.3 deck officers for answering this question. 20
3.2.3.4 Request the STO to confirm the plan’s
2.2.3.5
suitability by endorsing the answer in your Stability
workbook by signing. Booklet
Describe each step and show all your
working in the workbook, including
dates/ports of departure and arrival.
B. Draw a neat cargo plan. 10
A. What precautions would you take when Code of Safe
handling heavy lifts?
5
Practice for
B. Is it preferable to load the heavy lift in: Cargo
fore and aft direction or athwart ship?
Securing and 4
main deck or hold?
Give reasons. Stowage
3.2.3.5
C. Explain at what stage of the loading is the
Shipboard
GM the least when loading a heavy lift 3
cargo. Cargo
D. What are the factors to be considered when Securing
securing a heavy lift? Manual 3
1.2.2.10 What are the factors that should be taken into
3.2.3.6 1.2.3.6 account if you are asked to supervise the loading IMDG Code 4
2.2.3.4 of Class 1 IMDG cargo?
A. Locate the Material Safety Data Sheet for
any IMDG cargo, which your ship may
have carried.
If your ship has not carried any DG, procure 4
1.2.2.10 the sheet from any of your friends. IMDG Code
1.2.3.6 Study the information and write short notes
3.2.3.7 on each of the items given in the data sheet.
2.2.3.4
3.2.3.6 B. Locate the Dangerous Cargo Manifest and
note down the contents.
2
C. Who makes this manifest? 1
D. What is the use of the Dangerous Cargo
2
Manifest?
Page 3 of 4
FUNCTION 2 STAGE 3
Related
Task
What precautions are to be taken when

3.2.3.8 2.3.1.6 loading/discharging from cargo lighters/ barges?
4
A. Draw a diagram of the mooring plan when

alongside a berth.
3
B. Explain how each of these mooring lines
contribute in keeping the vessel alongside.
3
3.2.3.9 C. What are the points that you will observe
when attending to moorings when 2
alongside?
D. What special precautions will you take
when there is a ship passing and why?
3
Page 4 of 4
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 3
Related
Task
3.3.1 Rules and regulations including MARPOL and its Annexes (as amended)
What discharge criteria are to be followed
regarding discharge of the effluent originating
3.3.1.1 from machinery spaces under Annex I of
MARPOL 3
MARPOL?
A. State the make/type of Oily Water
3.3.1.2 Separator on your ship and briefly explain Ship’ s Plan 5
its operation.
From the Emergency Contingency Plan on
board, note down the following in your
workbook:
a) Which regulation of MARPOL Annex I MARPOL 2
governs SOPEP? Describe the regulation in
3.3.1.3 your own words.
b) What is your duty when ther is an oil spill? Contingency 2
c) Pollution prevention and containment Manual
equipment
2
d) Any other information like names of people
to be contacted in case of pollution, etc.
1
A. Find out which tanks your Chief Engineer is
going to take bunkers in during the next
bunkering operations. Draw the pipeline
diagram indicating the line through which
he is going to take bunkers, clearly marking
the valves that are going to be left open and Ship’s Plan
3
those that are to be left closed.
B. Note down the entire procedure of 4
bunkering including initial communication,
procedure for starting, rate of initial flow, Company
3.3.1.4 rate of flow in the bulk part of loading Forms
bunkers and rate during the final topping off
(indicate the tank capacities).
C. Assist the engineer responsible for taking Chief
soundings. Make a table in your workbook
Engineer 2
showing the soundings/ullage, capacities
before, during and after bunkering.
D. Note down the checklists that are to be
filled in before and the papers to be signed 1
after the operation.
3.3.2 Scrutiny of hull, its protection and water tight integrity
A. Name the various tanks, bilge spaces, and
void spaces that are to be sounded 3
3.3.2.1 periodically on your vessel. Ship’s Plan
B. What could be the possible causes for an
increase or decrease in the tank soundings?
2
A. State make/type of load indicator on your

Maker’s
3.3.2.2 3.3.2.6 ship and the various functions that it can 2
perform. Manual
Page 1 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 3
Related
Task
B. After obtaining the Chief Officer’s

permission, read through the instruction
manual and become familiar with the
2
Ship
operation of the load indicator. Construction
C. From the load indicator, paste a printout
showing loaded and ballast conditions (if
there is no printer, then note down all
1
available data in your workbook). International
D. Define: Shear Stress, Bending Moment, Load Line
Hog and Sag Regulations 4
E. What is the Minimum Stability Criteria as
per IMO?
1
A. Assist in taking arrival, departure and daily
drafts and record the same in the deck log
book. Write down these drafts in your 1
workbook and request the STO to sign to
confirm.
B. Explain all the reasons for taking the above International
drafts. What is mean draft?
2
Convention
3.3.2.3 C. Which regulation of the Load Line
Convention prohibits the relevant load line
on Load 1
mark from being submerged? Lines
D. Record all 6 drafts and compare the mean
and midshift drafts and state the reason for 2
the difference.
E. From the above drafts, work out the
hydrostatic draft.
2
What are the major items that a surveyor would
3.3.2.4 check during a Safety Construction Renewal 7
survey?
A. What precautions should be taken before Code of Safe
carrying out hot work in an enclosed space?
2
Working
1.3.1.1 B. What are the permissible limits for Oxygen
3.3.2.5 Practices for 1
1.3.1.2 and hydrocarbon gases for hot work?
C. What is the importance of hot work permit Merchant
and what is the validity of this permit? Seamen 2
A. What is the lubrication/greasing schedule
followed on board for the various deck 2
equipment?
B. Assist the Bosun during routine
greasing/lubrication schedule. Briefly 3
describe the method you have used.
C. With the help of a drawing, show what
3.3.2.6 Ship’s PMS
provisions are made on lubricating/greasing 2
points that are not easily accessible.
D. Briefly describe the various
tools/equipment used for greasing and
lubrication. Request the STO to confirm by 3
signing against your answer in the
workbook.
Page 2 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 3
Related
Task
A. How will you go about checking cargo IMO Cargo

lashings at sea in bad weather?
2
Stowage &
3.3.2.7
B. What are the precautions to be taken while Securing
checking cargo lashing at sea?
3
Code
3.3.3 Fire and smoke detecting equipment, its operation and maintenance
A. Read the SOLAS requirements for the
Emergency Fire Pump and state the SOLAS 5
requirements in your own words.
B. After obtaining permission from your STO, Chief
start and operate the Emergency fire pump Engineer
3.3.3.1 under the supervision of an engineer. With
the help of a diagram, explain the starting, Maker’s
operating and maintenance procedure of the
5
Manual
Emergency fire pump on your ship.
Request the STO to confirm by signing FSS Code
against your answer in the workbook.
A. What is the emergency source of electric
supply available on board your vessel?
Read the relevant regulation of SOLAS Ch 5
II-1 and write down this regulation in your SOLAS
own words.
B. After obtaining permission from your STO
and Chief Engineer, start and operate the Chief
Emergency generator under the supervision Engineer
3.3.3.2 of an engineer.
With the help of a diagram, explain the
starting, operating and maintenance
5
Maker’s
procedure of the Emergency generator on Manual for
your ship. Emergency
Request the STO to confirm by signing
Generator
against your answer in the workbook.
C. What equipment does the emergency
generator/battery serve?
4
A. State the make/type of fire/heat/smoke
detector system on board your vessel.
2
2.3.4.1 Maker’s
3.3.3.3 B. With the help of a drawing, explain the
2.3.4.2 Manual
principle and procedure of operating, 6
testing and maintenance of this system.
Explain with the help of a drawing the principle
and operation of the sprinkler system. Also Maker’s
3.3.3.4 2.3.4.3 explain briefly the triggering system, false alarm
5
Manual
and recharging procedure.
Prepare a muster list showing various teams and
duties of individuals during the following
emergencies:
2
3.3.3.5 a) abandon ship
b) fire in engine room 2
c) fire in galley 2
d) man overboard 2
Page 3 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 3
Related
Task
Draw a diagram showing the remote control

mechanism for operating water tight and fire
Maker’s
3.3.3.6 prevention doors/openings including ventilation 10
cut off system and briefly explain the operating Manual
procedure.
What would be your duties if you were to be
made in-charge of the following teams during a
fire drill: Muster List 2
a) Hose party &
3.3.3.7
b) Stretcher party Contingency 2
c) Breathing apparatus Manual 2
d) Ventilator party 2
A. Where are the quick closing valves on your
vessel located and how many valves are 3
there? List them.
B. Obtain the Chief Engineer’s/STO’s
permission and visit the relevant area.
Study the instructions for operations.
Draw a neat diagram and describe what Chief 5
3.3.3.8 2.3.4.6 happens when each of these valves are Engineer
operated.
C. Once these valves are operated, how are
they reset?
2
D. With the help of a diagram, explain the
operating procedures of the CO2 release 10
mechanism on board your vessel.
State all precautions and procedures that you
3.3.3.9 will follow when you are rescuing a person from 5
a cofferdam.
3.3.4 Location, Maintenance and Operation of Life Saving Appliance
A. State the location and take an inventory of
the lifejackets/lifebuoys/immersion
suits/TPAs. Refer to the SOLAS and state
how many lifejacket/lifebuoys /immersion
2
3.3.4.1 suits/ TPAs are required as per the
SOLAS
regulations for your ship.
B. What care and maintenance is required for
the above?
3
A. How is Digital Selective Calling different
from calling a station on VHF channel 16?
3
GMDSS for
3.3.4.2 B. Describe the procedure for calling a
GOC
particular station using VHF and MF/HF 2
DSC on your ship.
State the procedure of changing lifeboat falls
end to end on your vessel with the help of a Ship’s Plan
suitable diagram. How often are the falls
3.3.4.3 required to be changed end to end as per
10
SOLAS? SOLAS
Page 4 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 3
Related
Task
What are the permanent markings on the

3.3.4.4 lifeboat and liferafts on your vessel?
LSA Code 2
How will you dispose off expired pyrotechnics
3.3.4.5 from your vessel?
2
What is a breeches buoy and how is it rigged?
3.3.4.6 Describe with appropriate diagrams.
Seamanship 5
A. As a coxswain, what are the various orders
you will give when handling the lifeboat 1
under oars?
B. What is the quickest way to turn to stbd
when moving ahead in a lifeboat being Seamanship 1
3.3.4.7 maneuvered by oars?
LSA Training
C. What is a steering oar and how is it used? 1
Manual
D. In a motor lifeboat, when should the
engines be started and why?
1
E. How will you pick up a man in the water
from a motor lifeboat?
1
A. State the make/type and quantity of lifeboat
rations on your ship’s lifeboat and KJ
energy that each unit would give. What is
2
3.3.4.8 the requirement as per the LSA Code? LSA Code
B. How will you dispense food and water
rations if you are the boat commander after 3
abandoning ship?
With the help of a suitable diagram, describe the Ship’s Plan
3.3.4.9 securing arrangement of the lifeboat and the LSA Training 5
rescue boat on your vessel. Manual
A. What procedures will you follow for the
preservation of the crew and the passengers Ship 5
in a survival craft after abandoning ship? Captain’s
3.3.4.10
B. Draw and explain the hypothermia curve as Medical
explained in the Ship Captain’s Medical Guide 5
Guide.
A. Why do enclosed lifeboats need self-
contained air support system and sprinkler 1
system?
B. What are the requirements for self-
contained air support system and sprinkler LSA Code
system for a totally enclosed lifeboat as per
1
the LSA Code?
3.3.4.11 C. When your lifeboat is lowered into the
water, request your STO to permit you to
test the sprinkler system.
1
Maker’s
Describe how you will activate the system. Manual
D. Can this system be activated with the
engine off?
1
E. Can it be activated when the boat is housed
in the davit?
1
Page 5 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 3
Related
Task
F. What care and maintenance will you carry

out after activating the system and once the
lifeboat is brought back on board and is 1
secured in the davits?
G. Describe how the self-contained air support
system of the lifeboat is operated.
2
H. How many air bottles are there, where are
they located, what is the pressure and their 1
capacity?
I. What routine checks and maintenance
should be carried out on the air support 1
system?
State the regulation that governs the
1.3.4.3 GMDSS
3.3.4.12 requirements of SART & EPIRB. 2
2.3.5.6 Handbook
Explain step by step the procedure for sending a
distress message by: Maker’s 3
3.3.4.13 a) Sat A/B Manuals
b) Sat C 2
3.3.5 Use of First Aid Equipment
Assume that you are in charge of the First Aid
Party in a drill. State the equipment that you
will keep ready in each of the following cases
and your subsequent action: Ship 2
a) rescuing some people from an enclosed Captain’s
3.3.5.1
compartment Medical
b) fire in the galley Guide 2
c) oil pollution 2
d) man overboard 2
State the symptoms and describe the first aid
and care required in the following case of Ship
emergencies:
2
Captain’s
3.3.5.2 a) heat stroke Medical
b) electric shock and electric burns Guide 2
c) shock 2
A. What is a tourniquet? Explain its use to
arrest bleeding.
1
B. With the help of a simple diagram, show the
location of pressure points on a human body 2
and the importance of knowing these points.
Ship
C. What are the various types of burns and
how is the severity of burns categorized?
Captain’s 1
3.3.5.3
D. What first aid will you provide for the Medical
various types of burns, using the equipment Guide 2
available on your ship?
E. List the types of fracture. 1
F. What are the symptoms and first aid for a
collarbone fracture?
2
Page 6 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 3
Related
Task
3.3.6 Locate, identify and understand various Rules and Certification requirements for the vessel
A. Read the Master’s standing orders (in the Company’s
day/night order book) and briefly state its
Manual 3
3.3.6.1 content.
B. Read and briefly state in your own words
Day/Night
the company’s standing orders. Order Book 2
A. Read, understand and write briefly in your
own words the instructions provided in the 2
deck log book. Deck Log
B. Sight the vessel’s official log book. Book
Who are the issuing authorities of this log 1
3.3.6.2
book?
C. List the contents of this log book and Official Log
briefly state in your own words the Book
instructions provided for the use of the
2
official log book.
Locate, read and write briefly in your own Dock Safety
words the instructions and guidance provided in
Regulation
the following documents. Also state the issuing 2
1.3.1.7 authorities for these documents. Register
3.3.6.3
2.3.2.1 a) Dock Safety Regulation Register
b) Chain Register Oil Record 2
c) Oil Record Book Book 2
A. In which areas of the world is stowaway/
refugee problem acute?
1
B. Enumerate the precautions you would take
to prevent stowaways entering your vessel.
1
C. Paste a copy of your vessel’s security plan Contingency
showing the procedure/ routes/ Plans
compartments that you will check during a Company 1
3.3.6.4 stowaway search. Manuals
D. Assuming you find a stowaway/refugee on
your vessel after sailing, how will you deal IMO 1
with him? Publication
E. Which publications on board will you refer
when dealing with stowaways/ refugees?
Which company document deals with
1
stowaways and refugees?
A. List all the statutory surveys that are to be
carried out on board.
1
B. What is an Oil Major Inspection? What is Company
another term for this inspection?
1
Manuals
3.3.6.5 C. What types of ships are subjected to these
inspections and how are they different from
the other surveys/ inspections? What SOLAS 3
preparations have to be made for such an
inspection?
What preparations should be made for a Safety Company
3.3.6.6 Equipment Renewal Survey? 3
Manuals
Page 7 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 3
Related
Task
Locate and list the various statutory trading

certificates. What is the validity for each of
3.3.6.7 these certificates? At what interval should the SOLAS 2
vessel be inspected to keep the certificates
valid?
3.4.1 Care & Maintenance of Access to the Ship and General Seamanship
What do you understand by mechanical pilot
3.4.1.1 1.3.2.7 hoists and what are the requirements as per SOLAS 5
SOLAS?
Write short notes on the care and maintenance
of the following: 1
a) gangway and gangway net
3.4.1.2 b) emergency lights Seamanship 1
c) stanchions and manropes 1
d) Jacob ladders 1
e) scrambling nets 1
A. What are the duties to be carried out while
on gangway watch?
2
B. While on gangway watch, you observe that
3.4.1.3
the vessel is surging. What are the reasons
and dangers of the vessel surging and how
3
will you prevent surging of the vessel?
What are the points to be borne in mind when
providing a safe access for boarding the ship by: 1
a) pilot ladder Guide to
3.4.1.4 b) gangway Helicopter/ 1
c) MOT gangway/shore gangway afloat and in Ship
dry dock
1
Operation
d) helicopter 1
A. State the different types of grease in use on
deck on board your vessel and their uses. Chief 3
B. Also state the various types of lubricating Engineer
3.4.1.5 3.3.2.14
oil used for various machinery on deck and
in the engine room and write short notes on
2
Ship’s PMS
each of them.
A. Hot work needs to be carried out in the fuel Code of Safe
oil tank. Working
State what preparations and precautions
3
Practices for
would need to be taken.
Merchant
B. What gear would the person carrying out
3.4.1.6 Seaman 3
hot work need to wear?
C. What additional preparations/ precautions,
if any, need to be taken if hot work needs to
be carried out on the pipelines passing Company 2
through the deck headspace in your cabin? Manuals
A. What precautions will you take when
opening an overboard valve which is
3.4.1.7 situated below the:
2
a) water line
Page 8 of 9
FUNCTION 3 STAGE 3
Related
Task
b) deck line
B. Compare the construction of an overboard
1
line below the deck line with one above the
deck line.
C. In your opinion, what is the danger of
having a malfunctioning overboard valve
situated below the deck line but above the
1
water line?
A. Make an eye splice on a mooring hawser
and request the STO to sign in your
workbook and confirm that you have done a 3
satisfactory job. Explain the procedure in
3.4.1.8 your workbook. Seamanship
B. Do all the strands in this rope have the same
lay?
1
C. Describe any other way that you can
connect 2 hawsers quickly, temporarily.
3
A. What is the color of your ship side and what
is the color of your draft marks and plimsoll
mark?
Is it permitted to use any other color for 3
painting the marks? Which regulation of
the International Convention on Load Lines
governs this requirement?
B. Are the marks embossed or are they International
engraved and what is the difference from a Convention 1
3.4.1.9 maintenance point of view? on Load
C. After painting the marks, how will you Lines
check that the marks painted are as per 1
requirement?
D. What is a tonnage mark? 1
E. When the opportunity presents itself,
request the STO to allow you to paint the
marks and request him to sign your
1
workbook confirming the same.
A. Explain, giving reasons and using a diagram
if necessary, the complete procedure of
closing a manhole door, including the International
sequence of tightening the nuts, type and Convention
3.4.1.10 size of gasket used, etc. Briefly describe
4
on Load
the regulation controlling requirements of Lines
the water tight doors, side scuttles, booby
hatches.
Page 9 of 9
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Related
Task
STAGE 3
A. State the make and model of the main
1
engine on board your vessel?
B. Is it 2-stroke or 4-stroke? 1
C. Draw the cross section of one unit of
the engine and identify the following in Chief
EK.3.1
the drawing: exhaust valve/port, Engineer
cylinder head, liner, jacket, piston, 5
crosshead (if applicable), bottom end
bearing, crankshaft, scavenge space (if
applicable).
What do you understand by slow speed,
medium speed and high-speed engines? Chief
EK.3.2 3
Engineer
When on full away, what are the various

tasks carried out in the engine room after
Chief
EK.3.3 being given notice for reduction of RPM for 3
Engineer
arrival port?
What do you understand by “economical

speed/rpm”? What is this speed/rpm for
Chief
EK.3.4 your ship? 1
Engineer
Draw a neat table and compare the

specifications of the main engine, auxiliary
engine and the emergency generator engine.
EK.3.5 3
How many generators are normally used at

sea, at anchor, on arrival/departure and Chief
EK.3.6 2
during cargo operations on board your Engineer
vessel?
What is the meaning of decarbonisation of Chief
EK.3.7 1
the engine? Engineer
A. How is the viscosity and quality of fuel
2
analyzed on board your ship? Chief
EK.3.8 B. State the units used for viscosity. Engineer
1
A. List the tanks on board your ship for

FO, DO and LO.
EK.3.9 Ship’s Plan 2
Page 1 of 4
Related
Task
B. Explain, with the help of a block

diagram, the tanks and processes
through which the fuel is passed before
3
being injected into the main engine
(from the bunker tank to the main
engine).
Describe the principle of operation of a Chief
EK.3.10 3
purifier. Engineer
With the help of a block diagram, describe
the processes that take place in the steering
Basic Marine
EK.3.11 system when the helm is put over to 5o stbd 5
Engineering
in the manual mode and when the system is
operating on autopilot.
State the name/grade of hydraulic oil used Chief
EK.3.12 1
for steering. Engineer
A. State how a rudder is locked in the
position as indicated by the helm given 3
on the bridge.
B. Can the rudder swing under the effect
Chief
EK.3.13 of sea/swell at anchor, with the 1
Engineer
hydraulic motors switched off?
C. If the rudder does move with the motors
switched off, then what does this 1
indicate?
Draw a cross section view of the boiler on
Maker’s
EK.3.14 your ship showing the major components. 5
Manual
Define:
1
EK.3.15 a) superheated steam
b) saturated steam 1
What do you understand by the term “soot
Chief
EK.3.16 blowing”? 1
Engineer
What are the various reasons that funnel
Chief
EK.3.17 sparking can be attributed to? 2
Engineer
A. What is turbine washing and how is it
2
done on your ship?
B. Is the engine rpm reduced to facilitate
Chief
EK.3.18 this operation? If yes, then what is the
Engineer
rpm maintained during turbine washing 2
and what speed can you expect at this
rpm?
A. How many air starts can be given when Chief
EK.3.19 the air bottles are full? Engineer 1
Page 2 of 4
Related
Task
B. What is the requirement as per

SOLAS 1
regulations?
A. State the name/make/type of breathing Safety
1
air compressor on your ship. Officer
EK.3.20 B. Describe the method of refilling air in
the breathing air bottles. Maker’s 3
Manual
Describe with the help of a suitable
diagram, the principle of operation of a: Basic Marine 3
EK.3.21
a) centrifugal pump Engineering
b) reciprocating pump 3
A. How many fresh water hydrophore Ship’s Plan
1
tanks are there in the engine room?
EK.3.22
B. Why are hydrophore tanks provided in Chief
1
the fresh water system? Engineer
A. Under what circumstances is it unwise
to put the output of a fresh water
1
generator into the potable fresh water
tank? Chief
EK.3.23
B. What treatment does the fresh water Engineer
generated from the fresh water
1
generator undergo, in order to make it
potable?
What do you understand by recirculation of
Chief
EK.3.24 air in connection with accommodation air 1
Engineer
conditioning?
How is water heated for domestic Chief
EK.3.25 1
consumption? Engineer
What method is provided for cabin heating?
Chief
EK.3.26 1
Engineer
How is sludge burnt in the incinerator?
Chief
EK.3.27 1
Engineer
Read, understand and explain in your own
EK.3.28 words the regulation in MARPOL MARPOL 3
pertaining to OWS.
What are the tasks carried out in the engine
room by the duty engineer during control Company
EK.3.29 testing? 2
Manuals
During arrival and departure stations, what

are the various tasks carried out in the
Chief
EK.3.30 engine room? 3
Engineer
Page 3 of 4
Related
Task
Name 5 major operations that can be carried

out from the ECR. Chief
EK.3.31 1
Engineer
What methods are used on your ship to Ship’s Plans

prevent fouling of the sea chests?
EK.3.32 1
Chief
Engineer
Describe in detail the procedure used for
pumping bilges overboard. Chief
EK.3.33 3
Engineer
List all safety related features incorporated Chief

in the equipment located in the engine room Engineer
EK.3.34 workshop. 3
Maker’s
Manual
What are the arrangements provided for fire Chief
detection and fighting in the engine room Engineer
EK.3.35 1
workshop?
Ship’s Plan
A. Why are oxygen and acetylene bottles
1
stored in 2 different locations?
B. What are the pressures maintained in
the bottles? What is the operating 1
pressure? Chief
EK.3.36
C. What safety arrangement is provided to Engineer
1
prevent flashback during cutting?
D. What precautions are to be taken when
handling these bottles during transfer 1
to/from shore?
Describe the closing arrangement for the
blowers and funnel flaps. Chief
EK.3.37 3
Engineer
Page 4 of 4
WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
4.0 TANKER WORK
Scope of assessment: Basic knowledge of Tanker Work and Tanker Operations
Special focus on Pollution Prevention and Personal Safety
Related
Task
A. Identify the cargo and ballast tanks,

cofferdams and other void spaces on your
ship in a neatly labeled diagram.
Ship’s
4.0.1 B. Identify the ullage, fixed gauging and
Drawings
10
sounding points for cargo, ballast,
cofferdams and other void spaces on board
your ship in a neatly labeled block diagram.
A. What is meant by ISGOTT? Write down

the titles of all chapters of ISGOTT.
4.0.2 B. Draw and explain the flammability
ISGOTT 5
diagram.
Explain the following operations and make a list

of procedures:
a) Discharging
b) Ballasting/Deballasting
4.0.3 c) Inerting
STO 15
d) Purging
e) Gas-freeing
f) COW
A. Locate the Material Safety Data Sheet for the
cargo you are carrying and list all
4.0.4 information provided. 10
B. What are the various fire, pollution and
safety concerns for that particular cargo?
A. List all the pollution control equipment that
you have on board your vessel. State the
Chief Engineer
location of the same.
4.0.5 B. Write brief notes on how and under what
15
STO
circumstances you would use each of this
equipment.
A. Why, when and how is COW done on your
ship?
B. What are the precautions required to be
taken prior, during and after COW? COW Manual
C. Define and describe the following terms with
regards to COW: (draw if necessary)
• shadow area
• single/multi stage
4.0.6 • top/bottom wash ISGOTT 15
• bleeding off
D. How many tanks did you COW at the same
time and what factors limit the number of
tanks that can be washed at the same time? Safe Tanker
Operations
Page 1 of 10
4.0 TANKER WORK
Related
Task
A. Accompany the Chief Officer when he tests

the COP emergency stops.
State the location of emergency stops for STO
cargo pumps on board your vessel.
B. What is the procedure of operation? Vessel’s
4.0.7 C. How is the emergency stop reset? Drawings/
10
D. Request the Chief Officer to supervise you Equipment
as you try out the COP emergency stop. Manuals
E. What is the frequency of tests as per your
company policy?
A. Observe the Chief Officer as he lines up for
cargo loading/discharging and ballasting.
Request him to allow you do one line up for
4.0.8 each of the above operations. STO 10
B. State what kind of valve controls (level,
manual, rotary knob, etc.) and pump controls
you have on your vessel.
A. Draw a neatly labeled diagram of the
vessel’s cargo educting and stripping system.
B. Can an eductor be used to discharge cargo
through the manifold? Give reasons.
4.0.9 C. What are the advantages of using the eductor
15
as compared to:
a) Cargo pump
b) Stripping pump
A. Copy down MARPOL Annex 1 Reg 9.1.
B. Explain what you understand by the term
“nearest land”, “en route”, “instantaneous
rate”, and “1/30000 of the total quantity of
the particular cargo of which the residue
formed a part”.
C. State the make/type/model of ODME on
your ship.
D. State the number of slop tanks on your
vessel and state how much percentage of
total cargo capacity your slop tank
represents.
4.0.10 MARPOL 25
E. What is the MARPOL requirement for slop
tank capacity? (In your answer, quote the
regulation number.)
F. Explain how the following help in pollution
prevention:
a) COW
b) SBT
c) Double hull
d) Slop tanks
e) Small diameter line
Page 2 of 10
4.0 TANKER WORK
Related
Task
A. Locate and go through the publication “Ship

to Ship Transfer Guide”.
State the factors that should be taken into
consideration when planning cargo transfer
as per this publication. Ship to Ship
B. Read the various checklists given in the Transfer Guide
publication and note in your workbook the
4.0.11 names of the various checklists. 10
C. Locate and go through the publication
“Clean Seas Guide”. Fill in the blanks. Clean Seas
a) The oil discharge rate in liters per mile is Guide
given by the formula _______________.
b) The volume of oil in m3 put into the sea
in any effluent is given by the formula
______________________.
A. Describe the procedure used for starting and
stopping of the cargo heating system.
Chief Engineer
State what particular precautions you will
4.0.12 take.
Safe Tanker
20
B. What is the maximum temperature to which
Operations
you can heat the cargo on board your vessel?
C. What factors determine the same?
A. How do you start the pumproom ventilation
system on board your vessel?
B. State the exact location from where the
ventilators take suction.
C. From where is the exhaust coming out?
4.0.13 D. Check whether the pumproom lights can be STO 10
switched on without switching on the
ventilation fans.
E. Using a suitable drawing, explain the
operating mechanism for the blower dampers
and where it is located.
A. Define the term “dirty ballast”.
B. Describe the procedure for disposing heavy
MARPOL
weather ballast.
4.0.14 5
STO
A. Explain the term “Load on Top” in your own

words. Safe Tanker
4.0.15 B. Have you ever performed LOT on your ship? Operations
5
C. Which tanks are used for this?
A. Differentiate between “high level” and “high
high level” alarm for cargo tanks.
4.0.16 B. What fixed alarm did you have on board
5
your vessel for cargo tank ullages?
Page 3 of 10
4.0 TANKER WORK
Related
Task
A. Define ODMCS. What is its purpose?

B. State the name, make, model of the ODMCS
C. How is it operated?
D. Describe the use of back flushing operations
and how it is done on your ship.
Equipment
E. What is the procedure for calibration of the
Manual
ODMCS on your vessel?
4.0.17 F. Describe the type of high level alarm system
25
in the pumproom bilges that you have on
board your vessel.
Chief Officer
G. How would you test this alarm?
H. Is there any time delay before the alarm is
activated?
I. What is the purpose of this time delay, if
any?
A. What other type of instruments do you have
on board to measure the ullage, interface and
sounding?
B. Explain the instruments briefly, the
precautions to take when using them and
corrections required if any and why.
4.0.18 5.0.17 C. What do you understand by the term “closed 10
ullaging”?
D. How will you take sounding using “closed
system”?
E. Describe precisely how you would take an
accurate sounding from an ullage port.
A. What is the full form of the abbreviation
ASTM?
B. What is the meaning of API gravity?
C. Relate it to relative density with an
appropriate formula.
D. List the ASTM tables ideally used for ASTM Tables
calculations on board crude/product oil
carriers.
E. Define the following – VCF, WCF, OBQ,
ROB, Free Water, TOV, GOV, GSV,
4.0.19 Observed Ullage and Corrected Ullage. Safe Tanker
25
F. Perform the following calculation using the Operations
vessel’s ullage tables. All entries to be
handwritten in a copy of the vessel’s ullage
sheet corrected and signed by the Chief STO
Officer.
OBQ: 38 bbls oil all in port slop tank,
Ullage: 95% in all tanks,
Free Water: 1cm in all tanks,
Temp: 37.78oC, API: 29.85
Page 4 of 10
4.0 TANKER WORK
Related
Task
A. What is IG System?
B. State the principle of operation of an IG
Plant.
C. Show how the IG system is started on board
your ship by means of a flow chart.
D. What is the purpose of deck seal?
E. What is a pressure/vacuum breaker?
F. How can you prevent the water from Chief Engineer
freezing in the deck seal and p/v breaker
4.0.20 when in cold climates? 25
G. What is a vapor return line?
H. Why do you think vapor return line has been Safe Tanker
incorporated into the cargo and IG system on Operations
board tankers?
I. What is over pressurization and under
pressurization?
J. List the devices in the IG system that helps
overcome such a situation automatically.
K. Can they be manually operated?
4.1.2 Personal Safety & Pollution Prevention
What arrangement did you have in the
pumproom to lift up an injured person?
4.0.21 5
A. What is a “fire wire”?

B. Where, when and how are the fire wires
rigged?
C. How would you tend to these wires during
loading/discharging?
ETA Manual
D. Draw a neatly labeled diagram of the
4.0.22 Emergency Towing Arrangement (forward 10
SOLAS
and aft) on your ship and explain how the
system can be used.
E. Read, understand and copy down the
regulation in SOLAS pertaining to
Emergency Towing Arrangement on tankers.
Name the checklists to be filled out during
4.0.23 various cargo operations. 5
Page 5 of 10
4.0 TANKER WORK
Related
Task
A. Read the guidelines in ISGOTT and your

Company Safety Manual pertaining to
enclosed space entry. ISGOTT
B. Study the various checklists that should be
filled in as per your company requirements
prior man entry into an enclosed space –
write the names of the checklists in your
workbook. Safe Tanker
4.0.24 C. Describe the pumproom entry procedure on Operations
20
your ship.
D. Who issues the enclosed space entry permit?
E. What is its validity?
F. Who are the others to sign the permit?
G. List the various types of gas-measuring STO
instruments on board, their make and also
what they are used to measure and when.
A. In which book would the Chief Officer make
an entry of the internal transfer of oil cargo
en route to the discharge port?
B. List the main headings of the entries made in
this book.
4.0.25 C. How many parts does this book have?
STO 10
D. Which officers are authorized to sign this
book?
E. How many years is this book kept on board
after completion of its pages?
A. What is the full form of SOPEP?
B. Study the relevant regulations regarding
SOPEP given in MARPOL. MARPOL
C. As per MARPOL, what should the SOPEP 10
4.0.26 consist of? Safe Tanker
D. Note in your workbook the titles of the Operations
chapters into which the company SOPEP has
been divided.
Cargo Operations on Specialized Vessels-Gas Carriers
A. Describe your understanding of the
procedure for inerting a cargo tank on an
LPG carrier.
B. What type of inert gas do you have on
board? Liquefied
C. How is this gas generated? Petroleum Gas
4.0.27 D. What are the other inerting options Tanker
10
available? Practice
E. What should be the maximum oxygen
content of the gas used?
Page 6 of 10
4.0 TANKER WORK
Related
Task
A. Assist your Chief Officer in purging, cooling

and loading LPG.
B. Describe the process of purging on board
your vessel.
C. Why is cooling down necessary?
4.0.28 D. Up to what time cooling down should be STO 15
carried out?
E. What are the problems associated with
excessive cooling down?
F. What are the various factors to be taken into
account?
A. Accompany the OOW when he carries out
his pre-loading/pre-discharge checks.
B. List all equipment/parameters that need to be
Liquefied
checked prior/during loading/ discharging.
Petroleum Gas
C. Note down relevant items from the
Tanker
Ship/Shore checklist for loading/
Practice
4.0.29 discharging. 10
D. Assist OOW in loading/discharging cargo on
an LPG carrier.
Request your Chief Officer to sign against
OOW
the above answers in your workbook
confirming your understanding of the above
shipboard procedures.
A. Why is warming-up of the LPG cargo
required?
B. How is this carried out on board your vessel?
C. What should be the rate of warming up?
D. What are the various methods available for
4.0.30 purging? ISGOTT 20
E. Which method do you use on board?
F. What should the ideal gas readings be during
aerating (or LPG purge) of tanks?
G. Can aeration (or LPG purge) be carried out
any time?
A. How much cargo is normally retained in
your tanks to allow for cooling down before
the next cargo and what is this quantity
called?
B. How many temperature sensors do you have
per tank?
C. Are calculations on board your vessel based
4.0.31 on weight-in-air or weight-in-vacuum?
STO 15
D. What instruments do you use on board for
cargo measurement?
E. What is a ‘barg’?
Page 7 of 10
4.0 TANKER WORK
Related
Task
A. What is the temperature of the cargo that you

carry on board your vessel? (Name the
cargo.)
B. What are the hazards posed by cryogenic
4.0.32 cargoes? 10
C. What are the additional precautions required
to be taken during loading/ discharging?
D. Name at least 2 other such cargoes.
A. Briefly go through Annex VI of MARPOL
73/78.
B. List the various chapters, regulations and
4.0.33 appendices given therein. MARPOL 10
C. Read Regulation 15 of Annex VI of
MARPOL and explain in bullet points your
understanding of it.
A. What is an airlock?
B. Why is it required?
4.0.34 C. Where are they located on board your
Tanker 10
Practice
vessel?
A. What is a ‘BLEVE’? 2
B. What conditions could it be associated with?
4.0.35 C. What provisions are given on board your
IGC Code 2
vessel to handle this situation? 2
A. Draw a neatly labeled diagram of your cargo
containment system including your
interbarrier space.
4.0.36 B. How often is this arrangement inspected? STO 10
C. Accompany your Chief Officer on one such
inspection.
D. Make your own report.
A. Explain the term ‘MARVS’.
B. What related equipment do you have on Liquefied
board your vessel? Petroleum
4.0.37 C. How often is this tested? 10
Gas Tanker
D. What maintenance do you carry out on this Practice
equipment?
A. What provisions do you have on board your
vessel to protect your manifold area in case
4.0.38 of spillage? 8
B. What are the associated dangers of a spill?
C. Detail your responsibilities in case of a spill.
A. List the various drills carried out on board
your vessel to train for contingencies with Liquefied
respect to cargo. Petroleum
4.0.39 B. At what time intervals are these carried out? 8
Gas Tanker
C. Are there any special drills/meetings carried
out prior carrying out cargo operations? Practice
Page 8 of 10
4.0 TANKER WORK
Related
Task
4.1.3 Cargo Operations on Specialized Vessels-Chemical Tankers

A. Read Annex II of MARPOL 73/78. List the
various chapters, regulations and appendices
given therein.
MARPOL
B. Which manual is required on board to
4.0.40 provide guidance to prevent harm to the
Safe Tanker
10
marine environment?
Operations
C. Read Regulation 5A of Annex II of
MARPOL and explain in bullet points your
understanding of it.
A. List the various hazards associated with
chemical cargoes carried on board your
vessel.
B. Elaborate on each hazard.
4.0.41 C. How would you minimize these hazards?
10
D. Attach a Material Safety Data Sheet of any
one cargo carried on board during your
tenure.
A. How many chemical protection suits do you Equipment
have on board your vessel? Manual
4.0.42 B. Where are they located? 8
C. How much time would you require to don Safe Tanker
the suit? Operations
A. What is the purpose of eye-wash and body
showers and state where they are located on
board your vessel?
B. How are they operated?
C. Is there any regulation governing the
4.0.43 required number and locations on board?
IBC Code 10
D. What provisions are given for operation of
these showers in sub-zero temperature
conditions?
E. How often are these tested?
A. Read the relevant section of the IBC Code
pertaining to cargo segregation requirements.
How is this achieved on board your vessel?
4.0.44 B. Which spaces other than cargo spaces does IBC Code 10
the cargo piping pass through?
C. Why is cargo not carried in the forepeak and
aft peak tanks?
A. Do you have hoses on board for loading/
discharging of cargo?
B. What are the working requirements for these
hoses?
4.0.45 C. How often and how are they tested? 8
D. Where and how are they stowed?
Page 9 of 10
4.0 TANKER WORK
Related
Task
A. Draw a neatly labeled diagram of one of

your cargo tanks.
B. How often are your tanks inspected?
4.0.46 C. Accompany your Chief Officer on one such
10
inspection.
D. Make your own report.
A. List the various drills carried out on board
your vessel to train for contingencies with
respect to cargo. Safe Tanker
4.0.47 B. At what time intervals are these carried out? Operations
8
C. Are there any special drills/meetings carried
out prior carrying out cargo operations?
A. What types of pumps do you have on board
for cargo operations?
B. Where is the motor situated?
4.0.48 C. How lubrication and cooling are carried out? Chief Engineer 10
D. What is the starting/stopping procedure?
E. What kind of maintenance is carried out on
these pumps?
A. What equipment do you have on board your
vessel to handle under/over pressurization of
Chief Officer
cargo tanks?
4.0.49 B. How often is this tested?
5
Chief Engineer
C. What maintenance do you carry out on this
equipment?
Cargo Operations on Combination Carriers
Describe briefly the procedure followed on board
Safe Tanker
4.0.50 for preparing the holds for receiving dry cargo
Operations
10
after carrying crude oil and vise versa.
A. Which pipelines require blanking preceding
conversion from wet to dry mode?
B. Why is it necessary to blank them?
C. Can the slop tanks be kept inerted during dry Safe Tanker
4.0.51 mode? Operations
7
D. If so, how?
E. How is excess pressure released from slop
tanks in dry mode?
A. Describe the straining system used on board
to prevent dry cargo from entering the dry
bilge wells. 2
4.0.52 B. How are the dry bilge wells emptied on 3
board your ship? 2
C. What is the frequency of emptying the
bilges?
Describe briefly the preparations and precautions
4.0.53 involved in securing hatch covers after dry mode ISGOTT 5
before loading oil.
Page 10 of 10
TANKER WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3 Book: 1 / 2
Task Report Sheet (Tanker Work)
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Task Answer Sheet (Tanker Work)
Task Answer Sheet (Tanker Work)
SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION DURING DRY DOCK
Related
Task
Dry docking procedure

A. Copy down the docking condition of your
vessel from the stability booklet. State the
drafts and trim.
B. What is a docking plan? What information
do you get from the docking plan?
5.0.1 C. From the docking plan, identify frame Ship’s Plans 12
numbers of the following:
a) Echo sounder transducer
b) Speed log
c) Bottom plugs in way of keel blocks
d) Sea chests
A. Under what circumstances is a vessel
required to be dry-docked?
B. What do the statutory rules say about the SOLAS
5.0.2 frequency of periodic dry-docking? 6
C. What is an “in water” hull inspection? Can Class Rules
this inspection substitute a routine dry-
docking?
A. With the help of a sketch, explain the
arrangements that are made to connect the
ship’s fire main to the dry dock water
supply.
B. Which shipboard equipment would require
sea water connection in dry dock? Which
pipeline would the connection is made from?
5.0.3 10
C. What is the arrangement for cooling water of
the refrigeration plant on board your vessel?
D. Why is it that your ship’s generators cannot
be used in dry dock?
E. Where is the cable for power connected on
board your ship?
A. Explain the entire procedure in detail, from

the time the vessel enters the dock till the
dock is dry.
B. Give special importance to the following:
a) Aligning to the keel blocks and various
5.0.4 means of checking to ensure proper
alignment 15
b) The work that goes on when the water is
being pumped out
c) How would you know that the ship is
resting on the blocks?
d) How a tank is finally drained dry?
A. What would be the duties of a fire patrolman
when in dry dock specifically on areas
5.0.5 conducting hot works? 4
B. What are the precautions and checks to be
taken after hot work is completed?
Page 1 of 4
Related
Task
A. What items are checked when carrying out a

bottom inspection?
B. State how you will describe indentation in
5.0.6 relation to frames and strakes. How are 7
frames and strakes numbered?
C. Which ship’s drawing would help you to
identify the plates/frames and strakes?
A. In which area of the hull did you find the
maximum corrosion and sea growth?
B. What do you think is the reason for finding
5.0.7 the maximum corrosion/sea growth in this 6
area?
C. Why is it important to remove the sea
growth and how is this carried out?
A. What is “ranging the anchor cable”? Why is
it done? What is the length of the cable of
port and stbd anchors?
B. Draw a neat diagram showing the anchor and
the cable – show the various components of
5.0.8 the cable as well as the cable marking. Ship’s Plan 10
C. On board your vessel, view the arrangement
for securing the bitter end and make a simple
sketch of the same.
Explain the arrangement for releasing the
bitter end of the cable.
A. After getting the requisite permission,
inspect the chain locker and the adjacent
areas and carry out the following tasks:
a) Describe the construction of the floor
plate
b) Describe the arrangement for pumping
out the chain locker
5.0.9 c) How much muck/mud did you find in
12
the chain locker? Describe the method
used to get rid of it.
d) What is the arrangement for taking
soundings of the chain locker?
e) Show the layout of the hawse pipes and
the spurling pipes.
A. What is the importance of gauging the
hull/deck in dry dock? How is this carried
out?
5.0.10 B. If possible, use this instrument for measuring 5
the thickness of the keel plate and compare
with the shell expansion drawing.
Briefly explain the procedure used.
Page 2 of 4
Related
Task
A. What metal is the propeller made of? Is the

spare propeller, if any, made of the same
material?
B. How is the propeller protected against
galvanic action?
Write a short note and draw an appropriate
sketch showing the arrangement.
5.0.11 C. What preventive measures are used against
12
fouling of propeller by mooring ropes, etc.
on board your vessel? Draw an appropriate
sketch.
D. If your vessel has a bow/stern thruster, then,
how is the propeller protected against
galvanic action and also fouling of ropes?
A. Locate high and low sea chest and describe
their position, giving references of frame and
strake numbers.
5.0.12 B. What type of valves do you find in these sea Ship’s Plan 9
chests?
C. What protection against corrosion did you
find in the sea chests?
A. Explain briefly the procedures and checks
that are carried out before permits for the
following are issued in dry dock:
a) entry into enclosed space
5.0.13 b) hot work permit 6
B. How long are these permits valid? Who is
the issuing authority? Paste a copy of such a
permit in your workbook after filling it up.
A. Locate the echo sounder and speed log
transducer in the dry dock. Note the location
in your workbook.
5.0.14 4
B. What procedure/precautions are taken to
protect these transducers during painting?
A. Locate and identify the arrangement for hull

protection – impressed current system and/or
sacrificial anodes.
B. What material is the anode made of? What
5.0.15 is the size and weight of a typical anode? Ship’s Plan 9
C. Make a sketch showing the location of
anodes on the hull of your ship. How is the
anode protected against paint in dry dock?
If your vessel is fitted with a remote draft
measurement system, then, sight the arrangement
and explain the working principle with the help
5.0.16 of a neat diagram.
4
Page 3 of 4
Related
Task
A. Locate the sea chest of the emergency fire

pump. Describe the position giving
reference of frame number and strake
5.0.17 numbers.
4
B. What is the size of the sea chest opening?
A. What is the painting scheme used on the

hull? Explain in which way it offers
protection to various areas of the hull.
B. What are the precautions/preparations to be
5.0.18 observed before painting the hull in dry 12
dock? What paint is used for anti-fouling?
C. Is it TBT-free?
D. What is the effect of TBT on the
environment?
Find the load line baton on board your vessel.
5.0.19 Verify its accuracy against your deck line.
2
With the help of a suitable diagram, show all the
overboard discharges for scuppers/storm
valves/NR valves discharging underwater. If
5.0.20 possible, assist in inspecting and overhauling the 5
same.
Page 4 of 4
DRY DOCKING WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
Task Report Sheet (Dry Dock)
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Task Answer Sheet (Dry Dock)
Task Answer Sheet (Dry Dock)
SHIPPING PRACTICE
Related
Task
A. Draw the organizational chart for your

company. Company
SP1 B. Similarly, draw the organizational chart for Manuals
2
your vessel.
Refer to your company’s manuals and note down Company
SP2 the responsibilities of a cadet. Manuals
1
As per STCW 95 and with respect to training,
what is the role of the Master, Shipboard
SP3 Training Officer (STO), and Company Training
STCW 95 3
Officer (CTO)?
Explain the role of the following:
a) Owner
b) Registered owner
c) Disponent owner
d) Manager
SP4 e) Agent 9
f) Charterer
g) Broker
h) Stevedore
i) Cargo surveyor
What do you understand by the following terms?

a) Length Overall (L.O.A.) International
b) Summer Draft Convention on
c) Moulded Depth Load Lines
SP5 5
d) Deadweight
e) Gross and Net tonnage Ship
Construction
What do the following indicate?

a) Panama Canal tonnage
b) Suez Canal tonnage
SP6 c) Keel laid date 5
d) IMO number of a vessel
e) MMSI number
A. Where is your vessel registered?
B. What does the term “Flag of Convenience”
mean?
C. List the various locations on board your
SP7 3
vessel where the port of registry is
painted/printed.
State the various types of ships and give their

meaning. Ship
SP8 Construction
15
A. What is “Port Clearance” and what is its

importance?
SP9 2
B. Who issued this and to whom?
Page 1 of 4
SHIPPING PRACTICE
Related
Task
What is the purpose of the following? State

which rules govern their requirement.
a) CDC
b) Indentures
c) Ship’s Articles
SP10 d) Passport 7
e) Visa
f) Health/Vaccination booklet (State the name
and frequency of inoculations that you have
to take.)
g) Certificate of Competency
Explain the relevance of Customs, Immigration
and Health officials to:
SP11 a) shipping trade 3
b) your vessel
c) you in particular
List at least 5 different documents that are
SP12 required to be kept ready prior vessel’s arrival in 2
a port.
What is the role of the following organizations
with respect to shipping?
a) IMO
IMO
SP13 b) ILO 5
Publications
c) WHO
d) ITU
e) ITF
What is the role of the following agencies in
shipping?
a) Maritime Administration
b) Secretary, Department of Transportation &
Communication
SP14 c) PRC (Philippine Regulation Commission) 7
d) Nautical Adviser to the Government of
Philippines
e) Maritime Police
f) Philippine Coast Guard
g) Port Captain
A. What role does the Classification Society
play in shipping?
SP15 B. Under which classification society is your 3
vessel classed?
C. Is it necessary to class a vessel? Explain.
A. In the same chart, show the processes that a
cadet will have to go through before
acquiring a Certificate of Competency as
META
SP16 Chief Engineer of a foreign going ship. 2
(Indicate the sea time requirement as well as Manual
the miscellaneous courses that one will have
to undergo.)
Page 2 of 4
SHIPPING PRACTICE
Related
Task

“statutory”?
B. Name all the various statutory certificates
SP17 that the ship is required to carry. SOLAS 4
C. Who are the using authorities for these
certificates?
D. What is the validity of these certificates?
What information do we get from the Minimum
SP18 Safe Manning Certificate?
1
Explain:
a) ISM Code
b) DOC
ISM Code
c) SMC 5
d) The role of the vessel’s Superintendent
SP19 e) The DP’s responsibilities
1
Company 1
Who is the DP for your vessel?
Manual
f) The overriding authority on board your
vessel regarding safety and pollution
g) Undesired event
A. What is an Internal Audit? What is an
External Audit?
Company
SP20 B. Who carries out these audits and on whose
Manual
3
behalf?
C. What is a NCN/CAR?
Write a short note on the following: 1
a) Flag state inspector
SP21 b) Port state inspector
1
c) Vetting inspector 1
List the books available in the ship’s technical
SP22 library.
3
Define the following ship trades: 1
a) Liner Trade Company
SP23 b) Tramp Manual
1
c) Spot market 1
What do the following ship sizes indicate? 1
a) Panamax 1
b) Aframax
SP24 c) Handy Size
1
d) Cape Size 1
e) Suezmax 1
What do the following terms mean:
a) Charter party
b) Freight
SP25 c) Bill of Lading
Cargo Work 5
d) Mate’s receipt
e) Dangerous Cargo Manifest
SP26 Differentiate between Shipper and Consignee. 2
Differentiate between Time and Voyage Charter.
SP27 2
Page 3 of 4
SHIPPING PRACTICE
Related
Task
With relation to shipping, what do you

understand by the following terms:
a) Broken stowage
b) Transhipment
SP28 c) Light dues
6
d) Port dues
e) Lighterage
f) Mother and daughter vessel
Explain the following terms:
a) Off hire
b) Laid up
SP29 c) Lay time 12
d) Laycan
e) NOR
f) Note of Protest
A. What does the abbreviation P & I mean?
B. What are the functions of the P & I club?
SP30 C. Under which P & I club is your vessel
3
operating?
Name the following:
a) The countries that you would pass on a
voyage from New York to Dubai via the
Suez and via the Cape
SP31 b) The Scandinavian countries 4
c) The EU countries
d) Various canals and their maximum allowable
drafts
Page 4 of 4
SHIPPING PRACTICE WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2
Instructions
1. One Shipping Practice Workbook will be issued to each cadet for each stage.
2. The purpose of this module is to give the cadet an exposure to the commercial aspects of
shipping.
3. He will be expected to answer at least 50% of the questions in the first ship and the rest on the
next ship.
4. This workbook should be completed and dispatched to NTC-M along with the 7th monthly
workbook.
5. Drawings would make explanations of the task easier hence; the cadet should use drawing and
photographs, where applicable. More drawings would also earn the cadet extra marks.
6. Except where it is required by the SSTP questionnaire, photocopying, drawing or copying
verbatim from manuals is not allowed. Marks will not be given and the cadet will be asked to
redo the task. As much as possible, the cadet should answer the questions in his own words.
7. Task number should be clearly written on the pages of the workbook. Where applicable, a
cross reference of the task should also be mentioned.
8. Every new task should be started on a fresh page.
9. The Task Report at the beginning of the workbook should be filled with the number of the
relevant task completed and date on which it is completed. The STO and cadet should sign this
report. Before signing, the STO should satisfy himself that the cadet has actually performed
the tasks as listed by the cadet.
10. If practicable, it is advised to make a photocopy of the relevant pages of the workbook once
the same is completed. This would help the cadet in case the workbook is lost in mail or in
transit.
Task Report Sheet (Shipping Practice)
NAME:
VESSEL:
Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

Date Date
assessor) assessor)
1 21
2 22
3 23
4 24
5 25
6 26
7 27
8 28
9 29
10 30
11 31
12 32
13 33
14 34
15 35
16 36
17 37
18 38
19 39
20 40
Total Marks
Cadet’s Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Task Answer Sheet (Shipping Practice)
Task Answer Sheet (Shipping Practice)
SSTP Questionnaire Index - Alphabetical
Task No. Key Words TRB Task Done Task No. Key Words TRB Task Done
NO4.1.7, SC3.4.1,
1.3.6.1 Abandon ship 3.3.3.4 Alarm, false, system, sprinkler
SC4.1.7 SC3.4.3
NO4.1.7, SC3.4.1,
3.3.3.5 Abandon ship 1.3.3.3 Alarm, fire
SC4.1.7 SC3.4.2
NO4.1.7, NO4.2.1,
3.3.4.9 Abandon ship 1.0.1.5 Alarm, general, emergency
SC4.1.7 SC3.4.1
NO4.1.7, 4.1.1.28 Alarm, high high level, tanks, cargo SC3.4.1
3.3.4.11 Abandon ship
SC4.1.7 4.1.1.25 Alarm, high level SC3.4.1
NO4.1.7, 4.1.1.28 Alarm, high level, tanks, cargo SC3.4.1
1.0.1.1 Abandon ship, preparations
SC4.1.7 1.1.4.1 Alarm, off-course SC3.4.1
1.1.1.10 Abbreviations 2.1.2.2 Alarm, off-course SC3.4.1
2.3.6.4 Abdominal pain, treatment 1.3.6.3 Alarm, raising SC3.4.1
2.1.6.3 Abeam 1.0.1.7 Alarm, reefer rooms SC3.4.1
2.1.1.4 Abort point 1.3.3.3 Alarm, sounding SC3.4.1
EK 3.24 AC, accommodation 1.0.1.6 Alarms SC3.4.1
3.4.1.4 Access, safe 4.1.1.16 Alarms, COP SC3.4.1
2.3.4.6 Accommodation NO4.2.1,
1.0.1.4 Alarms, emergency
3.1.7.6 Accommodation SC3.4.1
1.0.1.1 Accommodation, decks SC3.4.2,
1.0.1.4 Alarms, fire
1.2.1.4 Accommodation, door SC3.4.1
X.1.3.1 A’cockbill 1.2.2.2 Alarms, safety SC3.4.1
2.1.8.4 Acquisition, target 3.1.6.1 Alarms, system, gear, steering SC3.4.1
1.1.1.10 Admiralty Chart 5011 1.1.9.9 Aldis lamp
1.1.1.1 Admiralty Chart Catalogue 3.1.7.8 Aldis lamp
1.1.1.4 Admiralty List of Lights NO6.2.3 X.5.0.1.3 Alignment checking
1.1.5.1 Admiralty List of Lights NO6.2.3 EK 2.32 Allen key
1.1.1.7 Admiralty List of Radio Signals NO6.2.3 2.1.6.3 Alongside
1.1.1.2 Admiralty Notices to Mariners NO6.2.1 2.1.7.2 Alongside
3.1.1.2 Admiralty Tide Tables NO6.2.4 2.3.1.5 Alongside, berth
1.1.1.5 Admiralty Tide Tables (ATT) NO6.2.4 3.2.3.9 Alongside, berth
3.1.6.5 Advance 2.3.1.3 Alongside, port
4.1.3.5 Aeration, requirement 3.1.7.3 ALRS
4.1.3.5 Aeration, tanks 2.1.7.9 Alteration, course
SP24 Aframax 2.1.8.5 Alteration, course
4.1.1.4 Aft peak tank, ballast pipelines CHST1.1.9 1.1.8.4 Altitude, sextant, sun/moon
SP4 Agent X.1.1.3.3 Altitude, true
3.1.7.2 Agents 1.1.10.2 Altocumulus, type
3.3.4.13 Air bottles 2.3.3.2 Aluminum
2.3.7.7 Air bubbles, defects, paint work 2.1.9.4 Ambulance service
EK 2.18 Air compressor, deck X.1.1.3.3 Amplitude NO1.5.4
EK 2.17 Air compressor, purpose 1.1.3.10 Amplitude, sun NO1.5.4
Air compressors, make/type/ 2.1.9.3 AMVER
EK 1.14
capacity/working pressure 5.0.1.5 Anchor NO8.2.14
1.2.1.4 Air pipes EK 3.13 Anchor NO8.2.14
1.2.1.11 Air pipes 5.0.1.5 Anchor cable, length NO8.2.19
EK 3.20 Air refilling 1.3.1.11 Anchor markings NO8.2.14
EK 3.19 Air starts X.1.3.1 Anchor, parts NO8.2.19
3.3.4.13 Air support system, self-contained 1.1.9.3 Anchorage
1.1.10.1 Air thermometer CHST2.2.6 1.3.1.3 Anchorage
EK 2.3 Air trial 2.1.6.3 Anchorage
X.4.1.3.A.1 Airlock 2.3.1.2 Anchorage
X.3.1.2 AIS, requirements 2.1.6.3 Anchorage, quarantine
1.0.1.12 Alarm activating points SC3.4.1 3.1.7.6 Anchored
4.1.1.25 Alarm activation, time delay SC3.4.1 3.1.7.9 Anchored
1.0.1.12 Alarm bells SC3.4.1 NO2.4.5,
1.3.1.10 Anchoring operation
1.1.4.1 Alarm setting, procedure SC3.4.1 NO8.2.12
4.1.3.6 Alarm settings, equipment SC3.4.1 NO2.4.5,
1.1.1.10 Anchoring, prohibition
4.1.1.28 Alarm system, fixed SC3.4.1 NO8.2.12
4.1.1.25 Alarm testing SC3.4.1 X.5.0.1.5 Anchors NO8.2.12
EK 2.30 Alarm, bilge, high level SC3.4.1 1.1.10.1 Anemometer, make/model/type
EK 2.25 Alarm, dead man SC3.4.1
Page 1 of 32
Aneroid barometer, errors/ 2.1.1.1 BA charts SC3.5.2
1.1.10.7 NO2.5.1
precautions 1.1.7.11 BA publication SC3.5.2
9.2.5 Annual Notice to Mariners NO6.2.1 1.1.7.5 BA publication SC3.5.2
Anode sacrificial, size/material/ 1.1.8.1 BA publication SC3.5.2
5.0.1.14
location 4.1.1.25 Back flushing operations
X.5.0.1.5 Anodes 3.3.2.3 Ballast conditions CHS 1.13.4
1.1.10.5 Anticyclone 4.1.1.8 Ballast operations CHS 1.13.4
1.2.3.5 Anti-pilferage measures, cargo 4.1.1.9 Ballast operations CHS 1.13.4
4.1.1.31 API CHS 1.13.4,
4.1.1.15 Ballast pipeline
1.3.3.2 Applicator, foam CHST1.1.9
2.1.7.9 Approach CHS 1.13.4,
4.1.1.4 Ballast pipelines
3.1.3.10 Arming the lead CHST1.1.9
1.1.7.14 ARPA NO1.9.5-6 CHS 1.13.4,
1.0.1.7 Ballast pump
2.1.8.4 ARPA NO1.9.5-6 CHST2.2.18
ARPA equipment, make/model/ NO1.9.5-6, 1.2.1.15 Ballast pumping plan CHS 1.13.4
2.1.6.13
controls NO3.3.3 1.2.1.16 Ballast tanks quantity, corrections CHS 1.13.4
X.3.1.2 ARPA, requirements NO1.9.5-6 X.5.0.1.5 Ballast tanks, distribution CHS 1.13.4
2.1.1.4 Arrival 1.2.1.16 Ballast tanks, quantity CHS 1.13.4
3.1.7.7 Arrival 2.1.7.2 Ballast, internal/external transfer CHS 1.13.4
2.1.1.6 Arrival checklists CHS 1.13.4,
X.5.0.1.5 Arrival condition 4.1.1.5 Ballasting CHST2.1.5,
EK 1.4 Arrival port SC1.5.1
EK 3.3 Arrival port CHS 1.13.4,
SP11 Arrival port 2.3.2.2 Ballasting operations/ precautions CHST2.1.5,
1.1.6.1 Arrival port, name SC1.5.1
9.2.16 Arrival port, preparations CHS 1.13.4,
3.2.3.3 Arrival, date/port 4.1.1.15 Ballasting operations CHST2.1.5,
3.1.3.5 Arrival, port SC1.5.1
SP9 Articles, ship CHS 1.13.4,
2.1.7.9 Aspect 4.1.1.15 Ballasting, lining up CHST2.1.5,
2.1.9.2 Assistance, vessel SC1.5.1
4.1.1.31 ASTM tables 2.3.6.3 Bandages
3.2.3.5 Athwart ships 2.1.6.3 Barberyn Light
3.1.1.3 ATT 4.1.3.9 Barg
SP20 Audit, internal/external 2.3.1.6 Barge alongside, precautions
2.1.6.9 Auto pilot 3.2.3.8 Barges, cargo
1.0.1.8 Auto steering control 1.1.10.1 Barograph NO2.5.2
2.1.3.5 Autopilot 1.1.10.1 Barometer
EK 3.11 Autopilot 1.1.10.7 Barometer, aneroid/types
Autopilot, make/type/ functions; 2.1.5.2 Barometric tendency
2.1.6.9 3.2.1.3 Battens, side
changeover procedure
1.0.1.7 Auxiliary engine NO6.4.3 Batteries, GMDSS/routine
3.1.7.4 NO5.1.7
EK 1.13 Auxiliary engine NO6.4.3 maintenance
EK 1.5 Auxiliary engine NO6.4.3 2.3.1.7 Batteries, used
EK 2.8 Auxiliary engine NO6.4.3 2.1.8.4 BCR
EK 3.5 Auxiliary engine NO6.4.3 X.2.1.7.9 BCR
2.3.4.6 Auxiliary engine NO6.4.3 2.1.6.3 Beacon
EK 1.6 Auxiliary engine, failure NO6.4.3 1.1.1.10 Beacon, transponder, radar
EK 1.8 Auxiliary engine, fuel NO6.4.3 1.1.5.1 Beacons
Auxiliary engines, X.1.2.1 Beam
EK 2.4 NO6.4.3 1.2.1.3 Beam, main
make/model/type/ number
1.0.1.8 Auxiliary steering mode 1.1.5.5 Beam, port
1.3.3.10 Axe, fire 3.3.2.5 Beams
1.1.3.5 Azimuth NO1.5.3 Beams, longitudinal, transverse,
1.2.1.1
X.1.1.3.3 Azimuth NO1.5.3 connection
1.1.3.10 Azimuth Log 1.1.7.2 Bearing
1.1.3.6 Azimuth Log 2.1.6.3 Bearing
1.1.3.3 Azimuth mirror 2.1.7.9 Bearing
3.1.2.1 Azimuth mirror, care/maintenance 3.1.2.1 Bearing
4.1.1.2 BA SC3.5.2 EK 3.1 Bearing, bottom end
2.1.2.4 BA chart SC3.5.2 1.1.5.5 Bearing, opening/closing
Page 2 of 32
EK 3.1 Bearing, cross head 2.2.3.3 Boards, shifting
2.1.6.4 Bearing, transit 1.0.1.1 Boat drill, duty
2.1.6.6 Bearing, visual 4.1.3.16 Body showers, location/number
1.1.5.2 Bearings 1.0.1.7 Boiler
1.1.3.3 Bearings, celestial EK 2.8 Boiler
1.1.5.5 Bearings, compass, relative EK 2.13 Boiler accessories
4.1.3.10 Bearings, lubrication/ cooling 2.3.4.6 Boiler feed, emergency stop
1.1.3.3 Bearings, terrestrial 1.3.3.4 Boiler suits, oily
1.1.10.3 Beaufort Scale EK 2.13 Boiler system
1.3.4.6 Becketted lines, use/maintenance CHS 1.1.1 EK 3.14 Boiler, components
3.1.7.9 Bell, construction EK 1.8 Boiler, fuel
3.3.2.3 Bending moment EK 2.14 Boiler, pressure CHST1.2.3
3.1.1.1 Berth to berth EK 1.12 Boiler, purpose/type/ number
2.3.1.6 Berthing 1.2.1.4 Booby hatches SC2.1.4
2.1.6.8 Berthing Aids 3.4.1.10 Booby hatches SC2.1.4
1.3.1.10 Berthing operation SP9 Booklet, vaccination
EK 1.3 BHP 3.1.1.2 Bore
EK 1.24 Bilge 2.2.1.2 Bosun
1.2.1.13 Bilge level 2.2.1.3 Bosun
CHST2.2.18, 2.2.1.4 Bosun
1.0.1.7 Bilge pump
SC6.2.1 2.2.2.2 Bosun
Bilge pumping out arrangement 3.3.2.14 Bosun
1.0.1.16 SC6.2.1
plan X.1.2.2.3 Bosun
CHST2.2.18, 1.3.1.1 Bosun’s chair
1.2.1.15 Bilge pumping system
SC6.2.1 EK 3.36 Bottle transfer, precautions
3.3.2.2 Bilge spaces EK 2.34 Bottles, acetylene
X.4.1.3.C.4 Bilge wells, dry/emptying EK 3.36 Bottles, acetylene
3.3.1.2 Bilges, engine room NO6.4.3 EK 3.19 Bottles, air
EK 2.22 Bilges, ER NO6.4.3 EK 3.20 Bottles, air
1.2.1.12 Bilges, hold 4.1.1.2 Bottles, charging
1.2.1.15 Bilges, location EK 2.34 Bottles, color coding
4.1.1.25 Bilges, pumproom CHST1.1.9 EK 2.34 Bottles, oxygen
EK 3.33 Bilges, pumping overboard SC6.2.1 EK 3.36 Bottles, oxygen/pressure CHST1.2.3
SP25 Bill of Lading 4.1.1.4 Bottom line, cargo
1.3.3.10 Bits, drill 5.0.1.1 Bottom plugs
1.3.1.11 Bitter end X.5.0.1.5 Bottom plugs
Bitter end securing and release 4.1.1.13 Bottom wash
5.0.1.5
arrangement 1.1.1.10 Bottom, clay
1.3.1.11 Bitts 1.0.1.7 Boundaries, hold/tank
1.3.3.3 Blackout 1.3.1.12 Bow line
EK 2.6 Blackout 1.1.9.3 Bow thrust, full, port
X.4.1.3.C.3 Blanking, pipelines CHST1.1.9 2.1.6.3 Bow, port/stbd
4.1.1.13 Bleeding off 1.2.2.7 Bowline
3.3.5.3 Bleeding, arrest 1.2.2.7 Bowline on the bight
2.3.6.1 Bleeding, arrest, procedure 1.3.4.6 Bowsing tackle, use/maintenance
X.4.1.3.A.2 BLEVE, controlling/ conditions 1.3.1.8 Breadth, moulded
2.1.7.8 Blind sectors 1.2.2.1 Breaking stress
2.3.7.7 Blistering, defects, paint work 1.2.2.3 Breaking stress
3.2.2.2 Block markings SC4.1.1 EK 3.20 Breathing air compressor
2.3.7.3 Block size 3.3.3.7 Breathing apparatus
2.2.2.4 Block, cargo 3.3.4.6 Breeches buoy SC4.1.5
3.2.2.3 Block, heel/masthead EK 1.11 Bridge
1.2.1.5 Blocks CHS1.11.4 1.0.1.7 Bridge
3.2.2.4 Blocks CHS1.11.4 1.0.1.8 Bridge
1.2.2.5 Blocks, maintenance/ overhauling CHS1.11.4 1.1.8.1 Bridge
Blower dampers, location/ 2.1.6.1 Bridge
4.1.1.23
operating mechanism 2.1.7.11 Bridge
EK 3.37 Blowers flaps, closing arrangement EK 3.13 Bridge
EK 2.3 Blowing through 2.1.7.4 Bridge
1.3.2.7 Boarding arrangement
2.3.4.6 Bridge
1.3.2.7 Boarding point
Page 3 of 32
EK 3.3 Bridge 1.1.1.10 Cable, submarine
3.1.3.1 Bridge SP15 Cadet
3.1.3.2 Bridge SP2 Cadet, responsibilities
3.1.5.1 Bridge 2.1.3.4 Calculation
3.1.3.7 Bridge 4.1.3.9 Calculation, cargo CHS1.3.7
3.1.3.9 Bridge X.4.1.3.B.5 Calculations, cargo CHS1.3.7
9.2.1 Bridge 4.1.1.31 Calculations, crude oil carriers
1.0.1.8 Bridge communication Calculations, liquid/vapor/
4.1.3.9
1.3.1.10 Bridge duties weight-in-air/vacuum
2.1.1.7 Bridge equipment 4.1.1.31 Calculations, product oil carriers
9.2.14 Bridge movement book NO2.1.1 1.1.3.9 Calibration, compass, magnetic
Bridge Procedures Guide NO2.1.7, 4.1.3.6 Calibration, equipment
2.1.6.11
checklists NO2.4.1 4.1.1.25 Calibration, ODMCS
NO2.2.2, 3.3.4.2 Calling, procedure
2.1.7.4 Bridge Procedures Manual
NO2.4.1 1.2.2.3 Calliper, Vernier
NO2.3.4, 1.3.1.8 Camber
1.1.5.3 Bridge watch duties, at anchor
NO8.2.12 SP33 Canals
1.1.5.3 Bridge watch duties, at sea NO2.3.3 2.3.8.2 Canvas stitching tools
2.1.7.3 Bridge, checks NO2.1.7 2.3.8.2 Canvas, grade/types
3.1.3.2 Bridge, indication SP32 Cape
1.1.1.3 British Admiralty 3.1.1.2 Cape of Good Hope
1.1.1.1 British Admiralty SP24 Cape size
SP4 Broker 1.3.6.4 Capsized, boat
X.1.3.1 Brought up SP14 Captain, Port
2.1.2.3 Bubble, air SP20 CAR
1.1.9.7 Buenos Aires 1.0.1.7 Carbon Dioxide (CO2)
2.1.9.6 Bulk carrier Carbon dioxide release
3.3.3.9
3.3.1.4 Bulk flow rate mechanism
1.3.2.6 Bulkhead, collision 1.1.1.10 Cardinal mark, West
1.3.2.4 Bulkheads 1.2.3.6 Cargo
1.2.1.9 Bulkheads, corrugated/plate 2.1.7.1 Cargo
1.3.2.2 Bulkheads, transverse, water tight 3.2.3.1 Cargo
EK 1.7 Bunker station 4.1.1.6 Cargo
SC1.1.2, 9.3.1 Cargo
1.3.1.3 Bunkering
SC1.1.3 4.1.1.19 Cargo capacity, percentage
SC1.1.2, X.4.1.3.A.4 Cargo carriage
EK 1.7 Bunkering
SC1.1.3 3.2.1.9 Cargo compartments
SC1.1.2, X.4.1.3.A.3 Cargo containment system
EK 2.7 Bunkering
SC1.1.3 1.2.2.1 Cargo cranes, location
Bunkering alongside/at anchor, SC1.1.2, 2.2.2.6 Cargo damage, prevention
3.3.1.5
precautions SC1.1.3 1.2.3.2 Cargo damaged
SC1.1.2, 1.2.3.5 Cargo damaged
3.3.1.4 Bunkering operations/ procedure
SC1.1.3 1.2.2.1 Cargo davits, location CHS1.1.1-11
2.1.9.5 Bunkers 1.2.2.1 Cargo derricks, location CHS1.1.11
1.1.9.4 Bunting cloth 4.1.1.18 Cargo educting system
2.1.6.3 Buoy 2.1.7.1 Cargo gear CHS1.1.1-11
1.1.1.10 Buoy, conical/data collection 3.2.2.4 Cargo gear CHS1.1.1-11
1.3.4.2 Buoyant apparatus SC4.5.9 Cargo Gear and Machinery
1.1.5.1 Buoys 1.2.2.6
Register
9.2.8 Buoys 2.2.2.6 Cargo handling SC1.3.1
3.3.5.3 Burns SC5.3.2 3.2.3.3 Cargo handling SC1.3.1
1.0.1.1 Cabin 4.1.1.22 Cargo heating system
1.0.1.2 Cabin 1.2.3.9 Cargo hold
X.1.0.1.1 Cabin 2.1.9.5 Cargo hold
5.0.1.5 Cable 3.2.1.5 Cargo hold
1.3.1.11 Cable markings SC4.1.1 1.3.5.3 Cargo hold
5.0.1.5 Cable markings SC4.1.1 1.0.1.16 Cargo hold layout plan
3.1.3.6 Cable, amount 1.2.1.7 Cargo holds
5.0.1.5 Cable, components 9.3.1 Cargo holds
5.0.1.2 Cable, connection, power
1.2.2.10 Cargo holds, preparation
1.1.9.3 Cable, pay out
Page 4 of 32
CHS1.12.1, 9.3.4 Cargoes, bulk
X.4.1.3.B.1 Cargo hoses, loading/ discharging
SC3.1.5 CHS1.3.3,
X.4.1.3.B.7 Cargoes, hazardous
CHS1.4.5, SC1.3.1
3.3.2.15 Cargo lashings
SC2.2.3 CHS1.2.7,
9.3.2 Cargoes, heavy bulk, loading
CHS1.12.1, CHST1.2.1
1.2.3.2 Cargo loading, checks
CHST1.2.1 1.3.5.6 Casualty SC5.1.4
CHS1.12.1, 2.1.9.6 Casualty SC5.1.4
3.2.3.3 Cargo loading, orders
CHST1.2.1 1.3.5.3 Casualty, lifting procedure SC5.1.4
4.1.3.9 Cargo measurement, instruments CHS1.12.2 2.1.1.4 Caution area
X.4.1.3.B.5 Cargo measurement, instruments CHS1.12.2 SP9 CDC
Cargo oil pump (COP) emergency CHST3.1.1, 1.1.3.5 Celestial object
4.1.1.14
stops, location SC3.4.9 SP8 Cellular container ship
4.1.2.4 Cargo oil tank (COT) 4.1.1.4 Centre tanks, suction, branch line
4.1.2.6 Cargo oil, internal transfer SP15 Certificate of Competency SC6.1.3
1.2.3.4 Cargo operations CHS1.12.1 SP9 Certificate of Competency SC6.1.3
4.1.1.8 Cargo operations CHS1.12.1 X.3.3.2 Certificate, Cargo Ship Safety SC6.1.3
4.1.1.9 Cargo operations CHS1.12.1 SP17 Certificate, Minimum Safe Manning SC6.1.3
4.1.2.5 Cargo operations CHS1.12.1 X.3.3.2 Certificate, Safety Construction SC6.1.3
X.4.1.3.B.6 Cargo operations CHS1.12.1 X.3.3.2 Certificates, validity/insurance
4.1.1.15 Cargo pipeline CHST1.1.9 SP16 Certificates, issuing authorities
1.0.1.16 Cargo pipeline plan CHST1.1.9 SP16 Certificates, statutory
4.1.1.4 Cargo pipelines CHST1.1.9 3.3.6.6 Certificates, trading, statutory
4.1.3.17 Cargo piping 3.3.6.6 Certificates, validity
1.2.1.8 Cargo plan SP16 Certificates, validity
CHST1.1.9, Chain locker soundings/pumping
4.1.1.4 Cargo pump, suction side 5.0.1.6 NO8.2.17
CHST2.2.18 arrangement
1.2.3.1 Cargo quantity 3.3.6.3 Chain Register
4.1.1.19 Cargo residue 1.1.7.5 Chain, Decca NO1.9.7
1.2.3.7 Cargo securing document CHS1.4.1 1.1.5.1 Chart
1.2.3.7 Cargo securing equipment, type CHS1.12.3 2.1.1.4 Chart
CHS1.3.5, 2.1.3.2 Chart
4.1.3.17 Cargo segregation, requirements
CHS1.5.1-2 1.1.1.11 Chart catalogue NO1.1.1
4.1.3.17 Cargo spaces 9.2.6 Chart correction, procedure NO1.1.1
2.2.3.2 Cargo spaces, lighting 3.1.1.2 Chart datum
1.2.3.3 Cargo stowage plan CHS1.3.8 2.1.1.5 Chart markings
3.2.3.3 Cargo stowage plan CHS1.3.8 Chart No. 1, United States Coast
4.1.1.18 Cargo stripping system 1.1.1.10
Guard (USCG)
3.2.1.4 Cargo sweat CHS1.6.1 1.1.2.1 Chart number
4.1.1.32 Cargo system 1.1.1.9 Chart publication, date
4.1.1.4 Cargo system, group 1.1.1.9 Chart scale, small corrections
1.0.1.16 Cargo tank layout plan 9.2.13 Chart symbols
X.4.1.3.B.5 Cargo tank sensors 2.1.6.5 Chart, Alpha to Zulu Roads
4.1.3.9 Cargo tanks, retention 2.1.6.6 Charted depth
1.2.3.9 Cargo ventilation system CHS1.6.1/3 2.1.6.4 Charted objects
3.2.1.8 Cargo watch checklist CHST1.1.9 SP25 Charter party
4.1.1.9 Cargo work SP28 Charter, time/voyage
Cargo, cold chambers preparation/ SP4 Charterer
1.2.2.9 CHST1.1.9
procedures/ precautions 4.1.3.14 Chemical cargoes, hazards SC1.3.1
X.4.1.3.C.1 Cargo, dry 4.1.3.15 Chemical protection suit
X.4.1.3.C.2 Cargo, dry 4.1.1.2 Chemical suit
X.4.1.3.C.4 Cargo, dry 2.1.1.1 Chennai
2.1.7.2 Cargo, external transfer 2.1.1.2 Chennai
3.2.3.5 Cargo, heavy lift CHS1.2.7 2.1.1.3 Chennai
3.2.3.7 Cargo, IMDG CHS1.7.1 1.1.1.10 Chimney
3.2.3.6 Cargo, IMDG, Class 1 1.3.2.1 Chipping
2.1.7.2 Cargo, internal transfer 1.1.8.1 Chronometer error NO1.10.2
3.2.3.1 Cargo, palletized 1.1.8.2 Chronometer time NO1.10.2
1.2.3.6 Cargo, properties/ precautions 1.1.8.4 Chronometer time NO1.10.2
1.2.2.9 Cargo, refrigerated CHS1.8.1 1.1.8.5 Circle, position
1.2.3.7 Cargo, securing arrangements CHS1.4.1
1.2.2.3 Circumference, rope CHS1.2.1
1.0.1.7 Cargo, special lockers
Page 5 of 32
2.3.7.2 Circumference, rope 1.0.1.15 Compactor, location/make/type
1.1.10.2 Cirrostratus, type 3.1.3.5 Company day/night order book NO2.4.3
3.1.1.3 Civil twilight time 2.1.9.1 Company forms
SP18 Classification Society 4.1.1.13 Company forms/manuals
4.1.1.20 Clean Seas Guide 1.0.1.9 Company manuals/policies
4.1.1.13 Cleaning arrangement CHST3.1.12 EK 2.7 Company manuals
3.1.1.3 Clearance, shoal SP2 Company manuals
1.2.1.5 Cleats 4.1.1.14 Company policy
4.1.1.32 Climate, cold SP3 Company Training Officer (CTO)
4.1.1.13 Clingage SP1 Company, organizational chart
1.1.7.2 Closest point of approach (CPA) NO3.2.3 2.1.7.3 Company, requirements
1.1.10.2 Cloud chart NO2.5.7 4.1.2.4 Company, requirements
2.1.5.2 Cloud layer, continuous NO2.5.7 NO1.3.1,
1.1.3.6 Compass error
2.1.5.1 Clouds NO2.5.7 NO1.5.5
2.1.5.2 Clouds base NO2.5.7 NO1.3.1,
2.1.6.3 Compass error
SP30 Club, P & I NO1.5.5
1.3.1.11 Clutching gear 2.1.6.4 Compass error NO1.3.1
X.1.1.7 Clutter, anti rain, Radar Compass graduations,
1.1.3.2 NO1.3.1
X.1.1.7 Clutter, anti sea, Radar degrees/points
2.1.6.5 CMG 1.1.3.4 Compasses, comparing NO1.3.1
1.0.1.7 CO2 bottles 1.1.3.8 Compasses, comparing NO1.3.1
1.0.1.7 CO2 tank, capacity NO1.3.1,
1.1.3.1 Compasses, make/model/type
1.2.1.1 Coaming, hatch SC2.1.4 p.54
1.1.1.12 Coastal chart 2.3.4.4 Compressed air pipeline, testing CHST1.1.9
SC2.1.13, 1.0.1.7 Compressor
1.3.2.13 Coat, number/thickness 1.3.1.2 Confined space
SC2.1.14
SC2.1.13, 1.1.9.3 Conn
2.3.3.2 Coat, protective 2.1.3.5 Conn
SC2.1.14
1.1.1.13 Code 1.3.2.4 Connections, structure, type
1.2.3.6 Code, BC SP27 Consignee
4.1.3.17 Code, IBC 1.3.5.2 Consumption
CHS1.3.3, 3.2.1.5 Container, deck, securing SC2.2.1
1.2.2.10 Code, IMDG CHS1.7.1-2, 3.2.3.1 Container, twenty hot
SC1.3.1 CHS1.3.10,
Containers, lashing/stowing
CHS1.3.3, 3.2.3.2 CHS1.4.3,
procedure
1.2.3.6 Code, IMDG CHS1.7.1-2, SC2.2.1
SC1.3.1 X.4.1.3.A.4 Containment units, types
1.3.4.10 Code, LSA X.4.1.3.A.8 Contingencies, cargo
1.1.9.1 Code, Morse NO7.1.1 X.4.1.3.B.4 Contingencies, cargo
2.1.5.2 Code, weather 2.3.6.4 Contingency checklist
X.3.1.4 Code, weather 2.1.10.1 Contingency checklist, company
3.1.4.3 Codes, subject 3.1.5.3 Contingency manual, company NO5.2.3
1.1.10.4 Codes, weather NO4.1.1-7,
2.1.9.1 Contingency plan
3.3.3.10 Cofferdam NO5.2.3
4.1.1.1 Cofferdams NO4.1.1-7,
3.1.5.2 Contingency plan
1.1.10.5 Col NO5.2.3
2.3.6.3 Cold burns, treatment SC5.3.2 NO4.1.1-7,
3.3.1.3 Contingency plan, emergency
4.1.2.4 Cold repairs NO5.2.4
3.1.5.1 Collision NO4.1.1-7,
1.3.6.2 Contingency plan, shipboard
2.1.9.1 Collision, at sea NO5.2.4
2.1.10.1 Collision, open sea 1.1.1.10 Contour, depth
3.1.3.2 Colregs 2.1.7.5 Control testing
1.3.2.7 Combination ladder CHS1.11.10 EK 3.29 Control testing
2.1.7.4 Combination ladder 2.1.6.10 Controls plan
3.3.4.9 Commander, lifeboat 1.2.2.3 Conversion
1.0.1.7 Comminuter, location X.4.1.3.C.3 Conversion
3.1.7.1 Communication equipment 1.3.1.1 Coolie ladder
3.1.3.1 Communication system 4.1.3.9 Cooling down
NO2.1.2, Cooling down, requirement/
3.1.3.2 Communication systems, internal 4.1.3.2
NO6.4.4 problems
1.1.9.7 Communication transcript 5.0.1.2 Cooling water
Page 6 of 32
4.1.1.18 COP 1.2.2.2 Cranes, cargo/provision
CHST3.1.1, EK 3.1 Crankshaft
4.1.1.14 COP emergency stops
SC1.1.4 1.1.10.3 Crest, glassy appearance
4.1.1.16 COP operation 1.1.10.3 Crests
1.2.2.3 Core, rope CHS1.2.1 2.3.5.2 Crew duties
5.0.1.11 Corrosion protection 1.0.1.1 Crew list
1.3.2.1 Corrosion, excessive 2.3.6.3 Crew member
X.5.0.1.4 Corrosion, maximum 2.3.8.1 Crew member
1.3.2.1 Corrosion, rate 3.3.4.11 Crew preservation, procedures
1.3.2.1 Corrosion, steel X.5.0.1.5 Critical period, undocking
SP32 Countries 1.0.1.8 Critical RPM, range
1.0.1.2 Coupling, type SC3.1.5 3.1.6.2 Critical RPM, range
2.1.3.5 Course alteration point 1.3.1.1 Cross plank
2.1.3.5 Course alteration, procedure EK 3.1 Crown
NO1.3.4, 3.1.3.1 Crow’s nest
1.1.6.5 Course made good
NO1.4.1 Crude Oil Washing (COW), main CHS1.1.8,
4.1.1.4
NO1.3.4, line CHST2.1.2
2.1.5.2 Course made good
NO1.4.1 4.1.3.11 Cryogenic cargoes, hazards SC1.3.1
NO1.3.4, 1.1.10.2 Cumulonimbus, type
X.1.1.6 Course made good
NO1.4.1 NO1.1.5,
1.1.6.4 Current
1.1.4.2 Course recorder NO1.3.2 NO1.8.1
2.1.3.2 Course recorder NO1.3.2 2.1.6.5 Current NO1.1.5
Course recorder equipment, NO1.3.2, 2.3.6.3 Cuts, treatment SC5.1.2
2.1.3.1
operation NO1.9.13 EK 3.36 Cutting
1.1.4.3 Course recorder paper NO1.3.2 1.1.10.5 Cyclone
NO1.3.2, EK 3.1 Cylinder head
3.1.1.4 Course recorder, checks
NO1.9.13 1.3.3.2 Dampers, fire SC3.4.7
2.1.6.3 Course steered 2.3.4.5 Dampers, fire, accommodation SC3.4.7
2.1.6.5 Course steered 2.3.4.5 Dampers, fire, deck SC3.4.7
1.1.3.6 Course to steer 1.2.3.9 Dampers, system, ventilation
3.1.6.4 Course to steer SP25 Dangerous Cargo Manifest CHS1.3.2
2.1.4.2 Course, present 3.2.3.7 Dangerous Cargo Manifest CHS1.3.2
1.1.4.4 Course, steered Dangerous cargo, classes/ CHS1.3.3,
1.1.6.3 Course, steered 1.2.2.10
compatibility CHS1.7.1
X.1.1.6 Course, steered CHS1.3.3,
3.2.3.7 Dangerous goods (DG)
1.1.7.2 Course, target CHS1.7.1
2.1.7.9 Course, target 3.1.4.1 Dangerous quadrant
2.1.8.4 Course, target X.1.1.7.12 Datum
1.1.3.6 Course, true X.3.1.1.2 Datum
1.1.4.4 Course, true, charted 1.1.1.10 Datum, chart
SP15 Courses, miscellaneous 2.1.6.3 Datum, chart
1.1.1.5 Coverage, area X.1.1.7.12 Datum, errors
1.1.1.6 Coverage, area 2.3.5.2 Davit cut off switch, safety
4.1.1.19 COW CHST2.1.2 1.2.2.5 Davits SC4.5.8
4.1.1.4 COW branch line CHST2.1.2 1.2.2.2 Davits, bunker/cargo/ provision SC4.5.8
4.1.1.4 COW machines CHST2.1.2 CHS1.2.11,
1.3.4.4 Davits, maintenance
4.1.1.13 COW, guidelines/ precautions CHST2.1.2 SC4.5.8
COW, simultaneous, tanks, CHS1.2.11,
4.1.1.13 CHST2.1.2 2.3.5.2 Davits, maintenance
number SC4.5.8
3.3.4.8 Coxswain 3.3.6.1 Day/Night Order Book
2.1.7.9 CPA EK 2.25 Dead man alarm SC3.4.1
2.1.8.4 CPA 1.1.6.3 Dead Slow Ahead
X.2.1.7.9 CPA SP5 Deadweight
2.3.7.7 Cracks, defects, paint work 4.1.1.5 Deballasting CHST1.1.4
3.2.2.2 Crane Deballasting operations/
2.3.2.2 CHST1.1.4
3.2.2.3 Crane precautions
3.2.2.3 Crane components, dimensions 4.1.1.4 Decanting line, cargo
2.2.2.4 Crane, operation EK 3.7 Decarbonisation, engine NO6.4.3
EK 1.26 Crane, type 2.1.3.2 Decca NO1.9.7-9
1.2.2.5 Cranes 1.1.7.5 Decca chains NO1.9.7-9
2.2.2.5 Cranes 2.1.3.1 Decca equipment, operation NO1.9.7-9
Page 7 of 32
1.1.7.7 Decca errors, correction procedure NO1.9.7-9 1.3.1.9 Dimensions mark
1.1.7.6 Decca Navigator NO1.9.7-9 1.1.5.1 Direction, lights
1.1.7.7 Decca system, errors NO1.9.7-9 4.1.1.24 Dirty ballast, disposal procedure
2.1.6.8 Decca system, principle NO1.9.7-9 1.3.1.9 Disc
1.1.7.5 Decca, principle NO1.9.7-9 1.3.1.4 Discharge
1.3.2.4 Deck 3.3.1.1 Discharge criteria
3.3.2.14 Deck equipment EK 2.22 Discharge, overboard NO8.2.8
3.4.1.7 Deck head, cabin, space 1.2.1.8 Discharge, ports
1.3.1.9 Deck line 1.2.3.3 Discharge, ports NO8.2.8
3.4.1.11 Deck line 5.0.1.19 Discharges, overboard NO8.2.8
4.1.1.4 Deck line, cargo 1.2.3.4 Discharging CHST2.1.3
NO2.6.1, 1.2.3.5 Discharging CHST2.1.3
3.3.2.1 Deck Log Book NO5.3.1, X.4.1.3.A.6 Discharging CHST2.1.3
NO6.3.2 4.1.3.4 Discharging checklist, ship/shore CHST2.1.1
NO2.6.1, 1.3.1.13 Discharging operations CHST2.1.3
3.1.3.8 Deck Log Book, entries NO5.3.1, 4.1.1.15 Discharging operations CHST2.1.3
NO6.3.2 2.2.3.2 Discharging, cargo CHST2.1.3
NO2.6.1, 4.1.1.18 Discharging, cargo CHST2.1.3
3.3.6.2 Deck Log Book, instructions NO5.3.1, 1.2.3.8 Discharging, cargo, port CHST2.1.3
NO6.3.2 4.1.3.4 Discharging, checks CHST2.1.1
1.2.1.11 Deck plan 4.1.1.15 Discharging, lining up CHST2.1.3
4.1.1.32 Deck seal 3.2.3.8 Discharging, precautions CHST2.1.3
4.1.1.11 Deck watch, cargo, responsibilities CHS1.10.3 4.1.3.11 Discharging, precautions CHST2.1.3
2.3.3.5 Deck, preparations 4.1.1.17 Discharging, starting procedure CHST2.1.3
1.2.1.16 Density, water, ballast NO2.1.5 4.1.1.17 Discharging, stopping procedure CHST2.1.3
2.1.1.7 Departure 5.0.1.19 Discharging, under water CHST2.1.3
2.1.1.6 Departure checklists 2.3.7.7 Discoloration, defects, paint work
1.1.6.1 Departure port, name SP4 Disponent owner
2.1.7.5 Departure, berth 2.1.6.3 Distance off
3.2.3.3 Departure, date 1.1.1.6 Distance tables
4.1.2.4 Departure, discharge port 3.1.5.1 Distress SC4.1.3
2.1.7.3 Departure, port NO 5.1.1,
2.2.1.1 Departure, port Distress alert, transmission
3.1.7.4 NO5.2.1,
3.2.3.3 Departure, port procedure
SC4.1.3
3.2.2.2 Derrick Distress message, Sat A/Sat B/ NO5.1.3,
3.2.2.3 Derrick 3.3.4.15
Sat C SC4.1.3
2.2.2.4 Derrick boom, lowering/lifting 2.1.9.7 Distress, persons
3.2.2.3 Derrick head shackle, stress 2.1.9.2 Distress, vessel
2.2.2.4 Derrick, no load 2.1.9.7 Distress, vessel
2.2.2.4 Derrick, operation X.1.1.6 D’lat
1.2.2.4 Derrick, parts X.1.1.6 D’long
1.2.2.5 Derricks CHS1.11.2 SP19 DOC
2.2.2.5 Derricks CHS1.11.2 3.3.6.3 Dock Safety Regulation Register
2.2.2.2 Derricks operations CHS1.11.2 5.0.1.1 Docking condition
1.2.2.2 Derricks, cargo CHS1.11.2 5.0.1.1 Docking plan
2.2.2.2 Derricks, heavy lift CHS1.2.11 X.5.0.1.3 Docking, procedure
1.2.2.2 Derricks, provision CHS1.11.2 2.1.4.2 Doctor
2.3.3.1 Descaling, chemical SP11 Documents
9.2.22 Descaling, prior painting 4.1.3.15 Donning time SC3.5.2
1.2.1.8 Destination 3.1.1.4 Doppler log, checks
1.1.6.5 Destination, ETA 4.1.1.19 Double hull
3.3.2.5 Destructive test 2.2.2.5 Doubling gear
4.1.3.6 Detectors CHST2.2.7 SP19 DP responsibilities
1.1.3.9 Deviation curve SP19 DP, vessel
2.1.2.4 Deviation curve NO2.1.3,
3.1.4.2 Dew point NO2.5.3 2.1.1.4 Draft
NO8.2.9
EK 2.22 Diagram, block NO2.1.3,
3.1.1.3 Draft
4.1.1.4 Diameter, pipelines CHST1.1.9 NO8.2.9
1.2.2.3 Diameter, rope CHS1.2.1
NO2.1.3,
3.1.6.2 Diesel engine NO6.4.3 1.2.3.1 Draft marks reading, precautions
NO8.2.9
3.3.4.2 Digital Selective Calling (DSC)
Page 8 of 32
NO2.1.3, SP32 Dubai
3.4.1.9 Draft marks, color
NO8.2.9 1.2.1.14 Dunnage, types
Draft measurement, remote NO2.1.3, 4.1.3.2 Duration, cooling down
5.0.1.15
system NO8.2.9-10 1.1.9.3 Ease to ten
2.1.7.2 Draft, change NO8.2.10 2.1.3.2 ECDIS
2.1.6.6 Draft, change NO8.2.10 3.1.1.1 ECDIS
3.3.2.1 Draft, hydrostatic/mean/ midship 2.1.3.1 ECDIS equipment, operation
1.2.3.1 Draft, light ship X.3.1.2 ECDIS, requirements
3.1.7.2 Draft, message NO1.9.12,
2.1.3.2 Echo sounder
3.1.7.2 Draft, printout NO2.6.2
Draft, remote measurement NO1.9.12,
5.0.1.15 2.1.6.6 Echo sounder
system, principle NO2.6.2
SP5 Draft, summer NO1.9.12,
2.1.6.7 Echo sounder
1.2.3.1 Draft, summer, maximum NO2.6.2
2.1.7.2 Draft, visual NO1.9.12,
1.1.7.10 Echo sounder equipment, controls
5.0.1.1 Drafts NO2.6.2
3.3.2.1 Drafts, arrival/departure Echo sounder equipment, NO1.9.12,
2.1.3.1
SP33 Drafts, maximum, vessel operation NO2.6.2
3.1.3.6 Dragging, anchor NO8.2.19 NO1.9.12,
2.1.6.6 Echo sounder particulars
3.1.7.6 Dragging, anchor NO8.2.19 NO2.6.2
4.1.1.22 Drain cocks NO1.9.12,
2.1.6.6 Echo sounder scales
1.1.9.5 Dress ship NO2.6.2
1.1.6.4 Drift NO1.4.1 Echo sounder transducers, NO1.9.12,
X.1.1.7.10
1.1.6.5 Drift NO1.4.1 location NO2.6.2
2.3.1.3 Drifting NO1.4.1 NO1.9.12,
3.1.1.4 Echo sounder, checks
3.3.5.1 Drill NO2.6.2
2.3.4.7 Drill, mock NO1.9.12,
1.1.7.10 Echo sounder, errors
1.0.1.12 Drilling machine, portable NO2.6.2
1.3.3.10 Drilling machine, portable NO1.9.12,
1.1.7.10 Echo sounder, principle
1.3.5.6 Drills NO2.6.2
X.4.1.3.B.4 Drills NO1.9.12,
X.3.1.2 Echo sounder, requirements
X.4.1.3.A.8 Drills, frequency NO2.6.2
X.4.1.3.B.4 Drills, frequency NO1.9.12,
1.1.7.10 Echo sounder, working
NO2.6.2
X.4.1.3.A.8 Drills, prior cargo operations
2.1.8.3 Echoes, spurious, types
X.4.1.3.B.4 Drills, prior cargo operations
SP9 ECNR
2.3.7.7 Dripping, defects, paint work
EK 3.4 Economical RPM/speed
2.1.5.1 Drizzle, continuous
1.0.1.7 ECR
3.2.3.1 Drums SC4.5.12
EK 2.26 ECR
1.2.1.14 Drums, lubricating oil, securing SC4.5.12
EK 2.27 ECR
1.2.1.14 Drums, lubricating oil, stowage SC4.5.12
EK 3.31 ECR operations
1.3.1.10 Drums, split SC4.5.12
EK 1.21 ECR panels
5.0.1.10 Dry dock
EK 2.24 ECR, layout
5.0.1.12 Dry dock
1.1.2.3 Editions, latest
5.0.1.13 Dry dock
CHST2.2.18,
5.0.1.14 Dry dock 4.1.1.18 Eductor
CHST3.1.11
5.0.1.17 Dry dock
CHST2.2.18,
5.0.1.2 Dry dock 4.1.1.4 Eductor, cargo
CHST3.1.11
5.0.1.3 Dry dock
4.1.1.18 Eductor, advantages CHST2.2.18
5.0.1.8 Dry dock
CHST2.2.18,
1.3.2.13 Dry film thickness (DFT) 1.3.3.2 Eductor, foam
CHST3.1.11
2.3.7.7 Dry film thickness (DFT) 4.1.1.2 EEBD
X.4.1.3.C.3 Dry mode 3.3.1.1 Effluent
X.4.1.3.C.5 Dry mode 4.1.1.20 Effluent
X.5.0.1.1 Dry-docking, periodic, frequency 3.3.5.2 Electric burns SC5.3.2
2.3.7.7 Drying time 3.3.5.2 Electric shock SC5.3.1
X.5.0.1.5 Drying time, antifouling EK 2.4 Electricity, generation
3.1.7.4 DSC 2.3.3.1 Electro-derusting, methods/tools
1.1.2.1 Dubai 1.1.7.16 Electronic Aids
1.1.2.2 Dubai
3.1.1.2 Dubai 2.1.9.7 Electronic Aids
Page 9 of 32
Electronic aids, advantages/ CHS1.1.9,
3.1.2.2
limitations X.4.1.3.C.6 Enclosed spaces SC2.1.1,
Electronic bearing line (EBL), SC3.5.1
X.1.1.7
Radar Enclosed spaces, painting, CHS1.1.9,
2.3.7.8
3.1.5.1 Element, Code, ISM precautions SC2.1.1
X.1.1.5.1 Elevation, lights 3.3.4.3 End to end, changing, frequency
EK 1.22 Elevator 2.1.7.2 Engine operating, precautions NO6.4.3
EK 2.28 Elevator escape SC3.6.2 3.3.3.8 Engine room
1.0.1.6 Elevator escape route SC3.6.2 EK 1.18 Engine room NO6.4.3
EK 2.28 Elevator, breakdown EK 3.34 Engine room workshop NO6.4.3
2.3.6.4 Email EK 3.35 Engine room workshop NO6.4.3
2.3.5.2 Embarkation ladders, maintenance NO8.2.6 EK 3.2 Engine, medium speed NO6.4.3
1.3.6.2 Emergencies 1.0.1.8 Engine, operation NO6.4.3
3.3.3.5 Emergencies 2.3.5.5 Engine, running ahead NO6.4.3
1.3.6.3 Emergencies, action EK 3.2 Engine, slow speed NO6.4.3
2.1.9.5 Emergency NO4.2.1 NO6.4.3,
3.1.6.2 Engine, steam turbine
3.1.5.1 Emergency NO4.2.1 SC3.4.4
EK 1.22 Emergency NO4.2.1 EK 3.29 Engineer, duty NO6.4.3
X.1.0.1.1 Emergency NO4.2.1 3.3.4.8 Engines, starting NO6.4.3
3.3.3.2 Emergency electrical supply 3.4.1.9 Engraved, marks
1.0.1.6 Emergency escape route SC3.6.2 4.1.1.19 Enroute
3.3.3.1 Emergency fire pump CHST2.2.18 4.1.2.6 Enroute, discharge port
5.0.1.16 Emergency fire pump CHST2.2.18 1.1.9.2 Ensign
Emergency fire pump, 1.1.9.5 Ensign
3.3.3.1 CHST2.2.18
maintenance/operation 2.3.4.7 Entry, precautions SC2.1.1
EK 3.5 Emergency generator engine NO6.4.3 9.1.8 EPIRB SC4.1.2
EK 2.6 Emergency generator, on line 2.1.4.4 EPIRB activation, procedure SC4.1.2
Emergency lights, 1.0.1.13 EPIRB, location/make/type SC4.1.2
3.4.1.2
care/maintenance EPIRB, op. procedure/test/
1.3.4.3 SC4.1.2
1.0.1.1 Emergency muster lights, locations precautions
NO4.2.1, 2.1.4.4 EPIRB, purpose SC4.1.2
3.1.5.1 Emergency plan
NO4.3.5 3.3.4.14 EPIRB, requirements SC4.1.2
Emergency power supply, change SC4.1.2,
1.3.3.3 3.1.7.5 EPIRB, SOLAS requirements
over SC6.1.1
NO4.2.1, 2.1.4.4 EPIRB, types SC4.1.2
1.2.1.6 Emergency procedures
CHST1.1.8 1.3.1.2 Equipment CHST3.1.2
X.4.1.3.A.6 Emergency release system, type 4.1.3.4 Equipment, checks, prior loading
Emergency ship whistle 1.0.1.8 ER communication NO6.4.4
3.1.3.2
mechanism EK 2.33 ER crane, precautions
1.0.1.7 Emergency steering, instruction NO4.2.2-3 1.0.1.6 ER escape route SC3.6.2
Emergency steering, changeover 1.0.1.7 ER, decks
2.1.6.10 NO4.2.2-3
procedure 2.1.6.2 Error, correction
Emergency Towing Arrangement 1.1.8.4 Errors
4.1.2.3
(ETA) 1.0.1.2 Escape route SC3.6.2
CHS1.1.9, 1.1.9.7 ETA
3.3.5.1 Enclosed compartment SC2.1.1, 3.1.7.2 ETA
SC3.5.1 3.1.1.2 ETD
CHS1.1.9, SP32 EU countries
1.3.1.2 Enclosed space SC2.1.1, Evacuation, medical,
SC3.5.1 2.1.9.6
procedures/preparation
CHS1.1.9, 4.1.1.23 Exhaust
2.3.4.7 Enclosed space SC2.1.1, EK 2.2 Exhaust, manifold/uptake
SC3.5.1
4.1.1.22 Expansion joints
CHS1.1.9,
2.3.7.1 Explosimeter, operating procedure CHST2.2.14
4.1.2.4 Enclosed Space Entry Permit SC2.1.1,
1.3.3.7 Extinguisher, suitability
SC3.5.1
1.0.1.12 Extinguishers SC3.1.1
1.3.3.2 Extinguishing plant, main SC3.1.1
CHS1.1.9, 3.4.1.8 Eye splice, procedure
3.3.2.13 Enclosed spaces SC2.1.1, 4.1.3.16 Eye wash, location/number
SC3.5.1 2.3.8.2 Eyelets, canvas
2.3.6.4 Facsimile
Page 10 of 32
Facsimile message, transmission 1.3.3.10 Fire outbreak
3.1.7.2
procedure 4.1.1.9 Fire patrol duties SC3.2.1
1.1.10.6 Facsimile recorder 1.3.3.11 Fire patrol duties SC3.2.1
Facsimile recorder, 9.2.3 Fire patrol duties, at port SC3.2.1
1.1.10.1
make/model/type 9.2.3 Fire patrol duties, at sea SC3.2.1
2.3.7.7 Fading, defects, paint work 5.0.1.8 Fire patrol round
1.1.9.3 Fairway, entrance 1.3.3.4 Fire patrol rounds
4.1.1.23 Fans, ventilation 2.2.3.6 Fire patrol route
1.1.10.6 Fax, weather NO2.6.5 1.3.3.11 Fire patrolman
1.2.2.3 Fiber rope material, types 5.0.1.3 Fire patrolman duties SC3.2.1
1.3.1.10 Figure of eight 3.3.3.6 Fire prevention, doors SC3.4.8
1.2.1.11 Filling pipes 1.0.1.7 Fire pump CHST2.2.18
3.3.1.4 Final flow rate 2.1.6.1 Fire rounds
1.1.5.5 Fine, bow, port 2.2.3.6 Fire rounds
3.1.3.2 Finished with engine NO6.4.3 1.3.3.11 Fire route
1.1.9.3 Finished with wheel X.1.0.1.1 Fire sensor, make
1.0.1.5 Fire X.1.0.1.1 Fire sensor, type
3.1.5.1 Fire 1.3.3.1 Fire triangle
4.1.1.6 Fire 4.1.2.3 Fire wire, rigging
SC3.4.1, 1.3.3.1 Fire, classes
1.0.1.2 Fire alarm button
SC3.4.2 2.1.9.1 Fire, compartment, cargo, at sea
1.0.1.12 Fire axes EK 3.35 Fire, detection SC3.4.1
2.1.9.4 Fire Brigade 3.3.3.5 Fire, engine room
1.0.1.1 Fire Chief 2.1.10.1 Fire, ER
2.3.4.5 Fire dampers SC3.4.7 EK 3.35 Fire, fighting
2.3.4.5 Fire dampers, procedures SC3.4.7 4.1.1.8 Fire, prevention
1.0.1.7 Fire detection SC3.4.1 1.3.3.7 Fire, type
2.3.4.5 Fire doors SC3.4.8 1.0.1.6 Fire, types
NO4.1.1, 2.1.9.5 Fire, vessel, port
3.3.3.7 Fire drill
SC3.3.2 1.3.3.8 Fireman’s outfits
1.0.1.1 Fire drill, duty SC3.3.2 1.0.1.7 First aid equipment
3.1.5.4 Fire drill, mock SC3.3.2 3.3.5.3 First aid equipment
1.3.3.8 Fire drills SC3.3.2 1.3.5.6 First aid party
EK 2.27 Fire extinguishers SC3.4.10 3.3.5.1 First aid party
1.0.1.2 Fire extinguishers, activation SC3.4.10 1.0.1.11 First aid sets
1.0.1.6 Fire extinguishers, activation SC3.4.10 2.1.3.2 Fix
Fire extinguishers, portable, 1.1.9.6 Flag SC3.4.1
9.1.12
refilling SP7 Flag of convenience SC3.4.1
1.0.1.2 Fire extinguishers, size/type 1.1.9.2 Flag shape/size SC3.4.1
1.0.1.6 Fire extinguishers, size/type 2.3.1.6 Flag, bunkers, receipt SC3.4.1
1.3.3.1 Fire extinguishers, types 1.1.9.5 Flag, courtesy SC3.4.1
1.3.3.7 Fire extinguishers, types 2.3.1.6 Flag, free pratique, request SC3.4.1
1.0.1.7 Fire extinguishing plant, main SC3.4.10 1.1.9.5 Flag, half-mast SC3.4.1
1.0.1.12 Fire fighting accessories SC3.3.1 1.1.9.5 Flag, house SC3.4.1
9.1.2 Fire fighting appliances SC3.3.1 1.1.9.2 Flag, national SC3.4.1
1.0.1.7 Fire fighting equipment SC3.3.1 1.1.9.5 Flag, national SC3.4.1
NO4.1.1, 2.3.1.6 Flag, pilot on board SC3.4.1
1.3.3.1 Fire fighting equipment
SC3.3.1 2.3.1.6 Flag, pilot service request SC3.4.1
NO4.1.1, 1.1.9.10 Flag, signal SC3.4.1
SC3.3.1 2.3.1.6 Flag, underwater, hull cleaning
NO4.1.1, X.2.1.4 Flags, substitute
SC3.3.1 2.3.4.2 Flame detecting sensor
Fire fighting system, fixed 2.3.4.2 Flame detecting sensor, testing
9.1.5 SC3.4.10
installation 2.3.4.1 Flame detector system, make/type
2.3.4.5 Fire flaps, maintenance SC3.4.7 3.3.3.3 Flame detector system, make
2.3.4.5 Fire flaps, procedures SC3.4.7 3.3.3.3 Flame detector system, type
1.0.1.2 Fire hose size SC3.1.5 1.2.3.9 Flame screen, system, ventilation
1.3.3.5 Fire hose size SC3.1.5 4.1.1.3 Flammability diagram
1.0.1.2 Fire hose, length SC3.1.5 2.3.4.5 Flaps, fire SC3.4.7
Fire main connection,
5.0.1.2 2.3.4.5 Flaps, fire SC3.4.7
arrangements
Page 11 of 32
1.3.6.4 Flare, hand, red SC4.5.5 CHST2.2.18,
EK 3.36 Flashback prevention 2.3.4.6 Fuel pump, emergency stop CHST3.1.1,
X.1.1.5.1 Flashing lights SC3.4.9
1.3.6.1 Flooding, carbon dioxide EK 1.7 Fuel sample, purpose
X.1.2.1 Floors EK 2.3 Fuel trial
3.3.2.5 Fluorescent dye test EK 3.8 Fuel, analysis
1.1.9.4 Fly-end fraying, prevention EK 2.8 Fuel, consumption, daily, at sea
1.0.1.7 Foam EK 2.8 Fuel, consumption, daily, in port
1.1.10.3 Foam 2.1.7.2 Fuel, internal/external transfer
1.3.3.2 Foam monitor EK 3.9 Fuel, process
1.0.1.7 Foam tank, capacity EK 3.8 Fuel, quality
2.1.5.2 Fog EK 2.7 Fuel, reserve
X.1.1.10.8 Fog, types EK 3.8 Fuel, viscosity
1.1.1.1 Folio, chart NO1.1.1 1.1.6.3 Full Ahead
2.1.1.1 Folio, charts, Indian/US NO1.1.1 1.0.1.8 Full Ahead
3.3.4.9 Food rations, dispensation 1.0.1.8 Full Away
1.0.1.7 Food waste 1.1.6.3 Full Away
2.3.1.7 Food waste, disposal 3.1.3.2 Full Away
3.2.3.5 Fore and aft direction 3.1.7.6 Funnel
1.0.1.7 Forecastle EK 3.37 Funnel flaps, closing arrangement
3.1.3.1 Forecastle EK 3.17 Funnel sparking
X.3.3.2 Form C X.1.1.7 Gain, Radar NO3.1.1
4.1.1.20 Formula 1.0.1.7 Galley
4.1.1.31 Formula, relative density NO2.1.5 1.3.6.3 Galley
Formulae, calculation, breaking 3.3.3.5 Galley, fire
2.3.7.2 stress/SWL, rope, natural fiber/ CHS1.3.7 3.3.5.1 Galley, fire
nylon/ polypropylene/ wire 2.3.3.1 Galvanic action
SP13 FOSMA 5.0.1.7 Galvanic action
EK 3.32 Fouling, prevention 1.0.1.3 Gangway CHS1.10.1
5.0.1.7 Fouling, propeller 1.3.2.9 Gangway CHS1.10.1
3.3.5.3 Fracture, collar bone SC5.3.3 2.3.1.1 Gangway CHS1.10.1
2.3.6.3 Fracture, treatment SC5.3.3 3.4.1.4 Gangway CHS1.10.1
3.3.5.3 Fractures, types SC5.3.3 2.3.1.4 Gangway duties CHS1.10.1
X.1.2.1 Frame 1.3.2.9 Gangway net CHS1.10.1
1.3.2.2 Frame, number 3.4.1.2 Gangway net, care/maintenance CHS1.10.1
1.3.2.3 Frame, number 2.3.1.4 Gangway Register CHS1.10.1
1.2.1.10 Frame, numbers 2.3.1.1 Gangway rigging, precautions CHS1.10.1
5.0.1.1 Frame, numbers 3.4.1.3 Gangway watch, duties CHS1.10.1
5.0.1.11 Frame, numbers 3.4.1.2 Gangway, care/maintenance CHS1.10.1
5.0.1.16 Frame, numbers Gangway, Ministry of Transport
3.4.1.4
1.3.2.3 Frame, size (MOT)
3.3.2.5 Frames 1.3.2.9 Gangway, rigging CHS1.10.1
5.0.1.4 Frames, identification/ numbering 2.3.1.1 Gangway, rigging, procedures CHS1.10.1
Framing, transverse/ longitudinal/ 3.4.1.4 Gangway, shore CHS1.10.1
X.1.2.1
composite 1.3.1.11 Gant lines
1.3.2.3 Framing, type EK 2.23 Garbage SC6.2.2
3.1.7.7 Free pratique, message 1.0.1.15 Garbage disposal equipment SC6.2.2
4.1.1.31 Free water 1.0.1.15 Garbage, incineration, categories SC6.2.2
1.3.1.8 Freeboard 2.3.1.7 Garbage, segregation SC6.2.2
SP25 Freight X.4.1.3.A.4 Gas carriers, types
EK 1.16 Fresh water consumption, daily CHS1.3.13 4.1.1.5 Gas freeing CHST2.2.3
1.0.1.7 Fresh water generator CHS1.3.13 4.1.1.2 Gas mask
EK 3.23 Fresh water generator CHS1.3.13 Gas measurement instruments,
4.1.2.4
Fresh water generator, make/type
EK 1.16 CHS1.1.10
capacity/make 4.1.3.5 Gas readings
EK 2.20 Fresh water generator, operation CHS1.3.13 2.3.4.4 Gas smothering system
EK 1.16 Fresh water generator, type CHS1.3.13 3.4.1.10 Gasket
EK 3.22 Fresh water system CHS1.3.13 5.0.1.10 Gauging, deck/hull
4.1.1.1 Gauging, fixed points
EK 3.23 Fresh water treatment CHS1.3.13
1.0.1.1 General Arrangement plan
Page 12 of 32
1.0.1.16 General Arrangement plan 2.1.3.2 Gyro compass
EK 2.26 Generator panel 2.1.6.5 Gyro compass
EK 3.6 Generator, arrival port 9.2.12 Gyro compass
Generator, at anchor/ Gyro compass equipment,
EK 3.6 2.1.3.1
at sea/ departure port operation
3.3.3.2 Generator, emergency 1.1.3.10 Gyro compass error
EK 2.5 Generator, load 1.1.3.5 Gyro compass error
EK 3.6 Generator, operations, cargo EK 1.11 Gyro compass repeater
5.0.1.2 Generators, ship 1.1.3.1 Gyro compass repeaters
X.1.2.1 Girder 1.1.3.12 Gyro compass, care
2.1.4.4 GMDSS NO5.1.3 3.1.1.4 Gyro compass, checks
9.2.21 GMDSS NO5.1.3 Gyro compass, initializing/ starting
3.1.2.2
2.1.10.3 GMDSS equipment NO5.1.3 procedure
2.1.10.5 GMDSS equipment NO5.1.3 1.1.3.12 Gyro compass, maintenance
2.1.10.6 GMDSS equipment NO5.1.3 1.1.3.8 Gyro compass, master
3.1.7.3 GMDSS equipment, tests NO5.1.7 EK 1.11 Gyro compass, master
2.1.4.4 GMDSS equipment, requirements NO5.1.4 1.1.3.7 Gyro compass, overhauling
GMDSS survival craft walkie- NO5.1.4, X.3.1.2 Gyro compass, requirements
1.0.1.13
talkies SC4.5.1 2.1.2.3 Gyro settling
2.1.4.4 GMDSS system, concept NO5.1.3 2.1.2.3 Gyro, overhaul
2.1.4.4 GMDSS, purpose NO5.1.3 2.1.1.3 Haldia
1.1.8.1 GMT 1.1.6.3 Half Ahead
2.1.5.2 GMT 3.3.2.5 Hammer test
1.1.1.11 Gnomonic chart 3.1.3.10 Hand lead line, markings SC4.1.1
3.1.7.9 Gong, construction 2.1.6.9 Hand steering
4.1.1.31 GOV 2.1.6.11 Handing over
2.1.3.2 GPS 3.2.3.1 Handling gear, type
2.1.3.4 GPS SP24 Handy size
2.1.8.1 GPS equipment 2.1.1.4 Harbor approaches
X.1.1.7.12 GPS equipment EK 2.10 Hard-a-port
1.1.7.12 GPS equipment 1.1.9.3 Hard-a-starboard
2.1.3.1 GPS equipment, operation EK 2.10 Hard-a-stbd
2.1.6.8 GPS operation, principle 1.3.1.6 Harmful substance
1.1.7.12 GPS, back up equipment Harmonized System of Survey and
X.3.3.2
1.1.7.13 GPS, fix Certification
3.1.2.2 GPS function 1.3.1.1 Harness SC3.7.1
3.1.2.2 GPS, initializing procedure 1.2.1.1 Hatch coaming, construction CHS 1.1.1
X.3.1.2 GPS, requirements 1.2.1.4 Hatch cover CHS 1.1.1
3.1.2.2 GPS, starting procedure Hatch cover operating system,
1.2.1.6 CHS 1.1.1
1.3.4.6 Grab lines, maintenance/use failure
3.2.1.6 Grain shifting, prevention CHS 1.1.1,
Hatch cover, opening/closing
3.2.3.1 Grain, bulk 1.2.1.5 CHS1.11.5,
operation
3.2.1.6 Grain, bundling/lashing/ saucering SC2.1.4
2.1.6.6 Graph paper Hatch cover, opening/closing CHS 1.1.1,
1.2.1.6
2.1.6.7 Graph paper operation SC2.1.4
1.2.1.5 Grease, types CHS 1.1.1,
X.4.1.3.C.7 Hatch covers
3.4.1.5 Grease, types SC2.1.4
Greasing equipment/points/ 1.2.1.5 Hatch covers lubrication system CHS 1.1.1
3.3.2.14 CHS 1.1.1,
schedule/tools X.4.1.3.C.5 Hatch covers securing
1.3.6.2 Grounding NO4.1.4 SC2.1.4
2.1.9.1 Grounding NO4.1.4 Hatch covers, maintenance CHS 1.1.1,
1.2.1.5
2.3.2.1 Grounding NO4.1.4 procedures SC2.1.7
3.1.5.1 Grounding NO4.1.4 1.2.1.5 Hatch sealing tapes CHS 1.1.1
2.1.10.1 Grounding, pilotage waters NO4.1.4 CHS 1.1.1,
2.1.7.1 Hatches
1.2.1.3 GRT SC2.1.4
4.1.1.31 GSV CHS1.11.8,
1.0.1.7 Hatches, openings
3.1.7.6 Gulf of Mexico SC2.1.4
5.0.1.6 Hawse pipe
3.2.2.3 Gun tackle, disadvantage
3.4.1.8 Hawser
1.2.2.4 Guy, preventer
1.1.3.6 Gyro compass 4.1.1.32 Hazardous areas
Page 13 of 32
Hazardous cargo, 1.3.1.1 Horn
2.2.3.4 SC1.3.1
packing/stowage 3.3.3.7 Hose party SC3.1.5
2.3.6.4 Head injury, treatment SC5.1.2 X.4.1.3.B.1 Hose testing SC3.1.5
1.1.5.5 Head on 1.3.3.5 Hose, coiling/uncoiling SC3.1.5
X.1.1.7 Head up, radar display NO3.1.1 1.3.3.6 Hose, fire SC3.1.5
SP9 Health Booklet 1.0.1.12 Hoses SC3.1.5
2.1.6.1 Hearing X.4.1.3.B.1 Hoses, working requirements SC3.1.5
2.3.4.1 Heat detector system, make/type 3.4.1.7 Hot work
3.3.3.3 Heat detector system, make/type 5.0.1.3 Hot work area
2.3.4.2 Heat sensor, maintenance/testing 5.0.1.3 Hot work, checks/precautions
3.3.5.2 Heat stroke SC5.2.2 3.3.2.13 Hot work, precautions
2.3.6.2 Heat stroke SC5.2.2 3.4.1.7 Hot work, precautions
1.3.3.4 Heater 1.3.4.2 HRU, securing arrangement
4.1.2.4 Heating coil 1.1.1.10 Hull
Heating system, starting/stopping 1.3.2.4 Hull
4.1.1.22
procedure 3.1.7.6 Hull
EK 3.26 Heating, cabin X.5.0.1.4 Hull area
4.1.1.22 Heating precautions 5.0.1.17 Hull areas
EK 3.25 Heating, water 5.0.1.17 Hull painting
1.3.4.4 Heaving, lifeboat SC4.2.4 5.0.1.14 Hull protection arrangement
3.2.3.5 Heavy lifts CHS1.2.7 1.2.1.2 Hull, frames, connection
9.2.18 Heavy weather, preparations 1.2.1.2 Hull, longitudinal girder, connection
3.2.2.3 Heel block shackle, stress 1.0.1.2 Hydrant, fire
1.2.2.5 Heel pin, maintenance/overhauling 1.3.3.6 Hydrant, fire
2.1.6.3 Height of tide 1.0.1.12 Hydrants
3.1.1.2 Height of tide EK 3.12 Hydraulic oil, grade/name
2.1.9.6 Helicopter 4.1.1.21 Hydraulic power pack
3.4.1.4 Helicopter 3.3.2.13 Hydrocarbons, permissible limits
EK 3.13 Helm 1.1.10.1 Hydrometer, make/model/type CHST2.2.6
1.1.9.3 Helm, no response 1.3.4.2 Hydrostatic release unit (HRU)
EK 3.11 Helm, stbd SC5.3.4,
2.3.6.2 Hypothermia
1.1.10.5 High SC5.3.5
EK 3.2 High speed engine NO6.4.3 SC5.3.4,
9.1.9 Hypothermia
3.1.1.2 High water SC5.3.5
3.1.1.2 Highest Astronomical Tide (HAT) SC5.3.4,
3.3.4.11 Hypothermia curve
1.2.2.7 Hitch, clove SC5.3.5
1.2.2.7 Hitch, timber 9.2.8 IALA A & B NO1.6.5
3.3.2.3 Hog 1.3.6.5 IAMSAR
3.2.3.5 Hold 2.1.9.7 IAMSAR
3.2.1.2 Hold bilges, construction 2.1.9.3 IAMSAR manual
9.3.3 Hold bilges, testing 3.1.6.3 IAMSAR manual
3.2.1.2 Hold bilges, testing procedure 1.3.6.5 IAMSAR volume, purpose/contents
3.2.1.4 Hold sweat 2.1.9.3 IAMSAR, purpose
1.2.1.8 Hold, capacity/dimensions SP8 Ice breaker
9.3.4 Hold, preparation 1.1.10.6 Ice charts
3.1.3.6 Holding ground 1.3.2.7 ICS Bridge Procedure Guide CHST1.1.1
X.4.1.3.C.7 Holds CHS1.1.2 3.1.5.1 ICS Bridge Procedure Manual CHST1.1.1
X.4.1.3.C.1 Holds preparation, procedures CHS1.1.2 4.1.1.32 IG system, devices
X.4.1.3.C.2 Holds preparation, procedures CHS1.1.2 4.1.1.32 IG system, starting
1.0.1.7 Holds, fire fighting arrangements CHS1.1.2 4.1.1.32 IG valves, locking
1.2.1.15 Holds, layout CHS1.1.2 4.1.1.32 IG, branch pipelines CHST1.1.9
CHS1.1.2, 4.1.3.1 IG, generation
Holds, preparations, prior loading
3.2.1.2 CHS 1.13.5, 4.1.1.32 IG, main pipelines CHST1.1.9
cargo
CHST1.1.9 4.1.3.1 IG, type
1.1.1.3 Hong Kong SP13 ILO
CHS1.11.9, 3.3.4.1 Immersion suits, care
3.2.2.2 Hook markings
SC4.1.1 2.3.5.1 Immersion suits
2.2.2.4 Hook, cargo block CHS1.11.9 3.3.4.1 Immersion suits
3.1.5.2 Horizon 3.3.2.3 IMO
X.1.1.3.3 Horizon, rational
SP13 IMO
1.1.8.5 Horizontal angle, sextant
Page 14 of 32
2.1.9.1 IMO forms Interbarrier space inspection,
X.4.1.3.A.3
SP6 IMO number frequency
1.1.9.3 IMO publication 2.1.4.2 INTERCO
1.3.2.7 IMPA, requirement 3.1.7.10 INTERCO
5.0.1.14 Impressed current system Interface measurement,
4.1.1.30 CHST2.2.7
1.3.5.6 In charge instruments
3.3.3.7 In charge International Code of Signals NO5.2.1,
1.1.9.6
1.0.1.7 Incinerator (INTERCO) NO7.2.1-4
EK 2.23 Incinerator International Convention on Load
3.4.1.9
EK 3.27 Incinerator Lines
Incinerator, make/type/ capacity/ International Regulations for
1.0.1.15 1.1.5.3 Preventing Collisions at Sea
location
Incinerator, make/type/ capacity/ (Colregs)
EK 1.19 1.0.1.12 International shore connection
location
5.0.1.4 Indentation 1.3.3.6 International shore coupling SC3.1.5
SP9 Indentures 3.3.6.6 Intervals, inspection
2.1.6.2 Index error, sextant 3.2.3.1 Iron ore, bulk
1.1.9.4 India 4.1.1.13 ISGOTT
1.1.1.10 Indian Chart 5020 4.1.1.3 ISGOTT
2.1.1.1 Indian Chart Catalogue 4.1.1.4 ISGOTT, Chapter
1.1.9.2 Indian ensign 4.1.2.4 ISGOTT, guidelines
CHST1.2.2, 2.1.5.1 Island, isolated
4.1.1.32 Inert gas (IG) system CHST2.1.7, SP19 ISM Code
CHST3.1.13 1.1.1.10 Isolated danger mark
4.1.1.5 Inerting CHST1.1.6 X.1.1.5.1 Isophase lights
X.4.1.3.C.3 Inerting CHST1.1.6 SP13 ITF
4.1.3.1 Inerting, cargo tank, procedure CHST1.1.6 SP13 ITU
4.1.3.1 Inerting, options CHST1.1.6 1.2.2.3 IWRC
3.3.1.4 Initial flow rate EK 3.1 Jacket
4.1.2.1 Injured person, hoisting 3.4.1.2 Jacob ladder, care/maintenance CHS1.11.10
1.0.1.5 Injury 1.3.1.1 Jacob’s ladder
1.3.6.3 Injury, serious, crew member 1.1.9.4 Japan
SP9 Inoculation 1.3.2.4 Joints, structure, type
SP13 INSA 5.0.1.1 Keel blocks
1.2.2.6 Inspection, annual X.5.0.1.3 Keel blocks, aligning
CHS1.3.4, 5.0.1.10 Keel plate, thickness
1.2.2.5 Inspection, blocks
CHS1.11.4 SP6 Keel, date laid
5.0.1.4 Inspection, bottom 3.3.4.9 Kilojoules (KJ), unit, energy
3.2.3.4 Inspection, fenders 1.1.6.4 Knot
X.5.0.1.1 Inspection, hull-in-water 1.2.2.7 Knot, figure of eight
3.3.6.5 Inspection, oil major 1.2.2.7 Knot, reef
3.2.3.4 Inspection, painters EK 1.3 KW
1.2.2.5 Inspection, pin, heel 1.3.1.6 Labeling
2.3.3.5 Inspection, port state control 1.3.2.7 Ladder, rigging CHS1.11.10
3.3.6.5 Inspection, preparation 1.3.2.8 Ladder, rigging
X.4.1.3.C.6 Inspection, requirements SP29 Laid up
1.2.2.5 Inspection, rings 2.1.6.12 Landfall
1.2.2.5 Inspection, shackles 3.1.6.6 Landfall, precautions
3.3.6.5 Inspection, ships, types 1.1.1.12 Large scale chart
5.0.1.9 Inspection, structure, holds CHS1.1.5-7 SP8 LASH
5.0.1.9 Inspection, structure, tanks CHS1.1.5-7 EK 2.31 Lathe
X.4.1.3.B.3 Inspection, tanks, cargo CHS1.1.5-7 3.1.1.3 Latitude
5.0.1.19 Inspection, valves CHS1.1.5-7 X.1.1.6 Latitude
3.2.2.4 Inspection, visual CHS1.1.5-7 1.3.4.2 Launching procedure
3.3.6.5 Inspections SC6.2.4 1.3.3.4 Laundry
SP21 Inspector, Flag/Port State/Vetting SP29 Lay time
2.1.9.3 INSPIRES 1.2.2.3 Lay, rope
4.1.1.19 Instantaneous rate 3.4.1.8 Lay, strands, rope
3.3.2.3 Instruction manual 1.2.2.3 Lay, types
2.2.1.4 Integrity checking procedure SP29 Laycan
4.1.1.26 Integrity testing system 1.1.5.1 Leading lights
Page 15 of 32
X.1.1.5.1 Leading lights 1.1.5.1 Light structure, characteristics
1.3.1.3 Leak 1.1.5.1 Light vessels
NO1.3.4, 1.1.5.1 Light, identification
2.1.6.5 Leeway
NO1.8.1 SP26 Lighterage
SP5 Length overall (LOA) 3.2.3.8 Lighters, cargo
SP22 Library, technical, ship 2.1.6.3 Lighthouse, distance
1.3.4.6 Life lines, maintenance/use 1.1.5.1 Lighthouses
9.1.1 Life saving appliances SC4.1.5 1.1.5.2 Lighthouses
1.3.1.1 Life vest 1.0.1.13 Line throwing apparatus SC4.5.4
3.3.4.9 Lifeboat SC4.2.1 1.3.4.7 Line throwing apparatus SC4.5.4
1.3.4.5 Lifeboat davit SC4.5.8 2.3.5.4 Line throwing apparatus SC4.5.4
CHST2.2.18, EK 3.1 Liner
Lifeboat davit winch,
1.3.4.4 SC4.5.8, SP23 Liner trade
maintenance/operation
SC4.5.12 1.3.1.10 Lines, order
9.1.6 Lifeboat duties SC4.2.4 2.1.1.8 List of Lights NO1.1.4
1.0.1.2 Lifeboat embarkation station 2.1.1.8 List of Radio Signals NO5.2.2
SC4.1.2, 4.1.1.20 Liters per mile
9.1.7 Lifeboat emergency radio set
SC4.4.1 SP8 Livestock carrier
2.3.5.6 Lifeboat engine spares SC4.5.11 SP8 LNG
Lifeboat engine, operating SC4.2.3, 3.1.1.2 Load line areas
2.3.5.6
procedure SC4.5.11 3.2.3.3 Load lines
Lifeboat equipment, SC4.2.4, 4.1.1.27 Load on top (LOT)
1.3.4.4
care/maintenance SC4.5.7 3.3.2.3 Loaded conditions
3.3.4.3 Lifeboat falls, end to end 3.3.2.3 Load indicator
2.3.5.2 Lifeboat falls, maintenance CHS1.3.1,
3.1.7.5 Lifeboat hand held radios SC4.1.2 1.2.3.4 Loading
CHST1.2.1
3.3.4.8 Lifeboat handling, orders SC4.2.4 CHS1.3.1,
Lifeboat launching personnel, 1.2.3.5 Loading
2.3.5.2 CHST1.2.1
duties CHS1.3.1,
1.3.4.5 Lifeboat launching procedure SC4.2.3 X.4.1.3.A.6 Loading
CHST1.2.1
3.3.4.4 Lifeboat markings, permanent SC4.1.1 CHS1.3.1,
Lifeboat rations, CHS1.13.5,
3.3.4.9 4.1.3.4 Loading checklist, ship/shore
make/type/quantity CHST1.1.3,
2.3.5.5 Lifeboat, launching SC4.2.3 CHST1.2.1
1.3.4.4 Lifeboat, lowering SC4.2.2 CHS1.3.1,
1.3.1.13 Loading operations
3.3.4.13 Lifeboat, lowering, in water SC4.2.2 CHST1.2.1
2.3.5.5 Lifeboat, maneuver SC4.2.3 CHS1.3.1,
4.1.1.15 Loading operations
3.3.4.8 Lifeboat, maneuvering SC4.2.3 CHST1.2.1
2.3.5.2 Lifeboat, motor SC4.5.11 CHS1.3.1,
3.3.4.8 Lifeboat, motor SC4.5.11 1.2.1.7 Loading, cargo CHS1.13.5,
2.3.5.5 Lifeboat, port/stbd CHST1.2.1
1.3.4.5 Lifeboat, recovery procedure SC4.2.4 CHS1.3.1,
3.3.4.13 Lifeboat, secured, davits SC4.5.8 2.2.3.2 Loading, cargo CHS1.13.5,
3.3.4.10 Lifeboat, securing arrangement SC4.2.4 CHST1.2.1
3.3.4.13 Lifeboats, enclosed SC3.5.1 CHS1.3.1,
1.1.3.11 Loading, cargo, ferrous
1.3.4.4 Lifeboats, maintenance SC4.5.6 CHST1.2.1
3.3.4.1 Lifebuoys SC4.5.9 CHS1.3.1,
1.0.1.6 Lifejacket, donning SC3.5.2 4.1.3.4 Loading, checks CHS1.13.5,
2.3.5.1 Lifejacket, donning SC3.5.2 CHST1.2.1
1.0.1.6 Lifejacket, make/type SC4.5.9 CHS1.3.1/9,
3.2.1.5 Loading, containers
2.3.5.1 Lifejackets SC4.5.9 CHST1.2.1
3.3.4.1 Lifejackets SC4.5.9 CHS1.3.1,
4.1.1.15 Loading, lining up CHS1.13.5,
Liferaft equipment,
1.3.4.4 SC4.3.1 CHST1.2.1
care/maintenance
CHS1.3.1,
2.3.5.2 Liferaft launching personnel, duties
4.1.3.2 Loading, lining up CHS1.13.5,
3.3.4.4 Liferaft markings, permanent SC4.1.1
CHST1.2.1
2.3.5.5 Liferaft, launching SC4.3.1
4.1.3.2 Loading, LPG CHST1.2.1
2.3.5.5 Liferaft, maneuver SC4.3.1
X.4.1.3.C.5 Loading, oil CHST1.2.1
1.3.4.2 Liferaft, stowing arrangement SC4.3.1
1.1.1.4 Light details CHS1.3.1,
1.2.3.3 Loading, port
SP26 Light dues CHST1.2.1
Page 16 of 32
CHS1.3.1, 1.1.3.11 Magnetic compass
3.2.3.8 Loading, precautions
CHST1.2.1 1.1.3.6 Magnetic compass
CHS1.3.1, 1.1.3.10 Magnetic compass error
CHST1.2.1 1.1.3.5 Magnetic compass error
CHS1.3.1, 1.1.3.7 Magnetic compass, adjustment
CHST1.2.1 2.1.2.3 Magnetic compass, bowl
3.2.3.5 Loading, stage CHST1.2.1 1.1.3.12 Magnetic compass, care
Loading, starting/ stopping 3.1.1.4 Magnetic compass, checks
4.1.1.17 CHST1.2.1
procedure 1.1.3.12 Magnetic compass, maintenance
4.1.1.5 Loading, tanker operations CHST1.2.1 X.3.1.2 Magnetic compass, requirements
3.3.2.1 Load Line Convention 1.1.3.1 Magnetic compass, spare bowl
1.3.1.9 Load line mark Magnetic compass, spare,
3.3.2.1 Load line mark X.3.1.2
requirements
X.1.0.1.2 Lockers equipment 1.1.3.1 Magnetic compasses
SP31 Log Abstract 1.1.3.9 Magnetic deviation NO1.5.1
2.1.7.11 Lob books 3.3.2.5 Magnetic test
3.1.3.9 Log books 1.1.5.6 Magnitude, planets
SP31 Log Extract 1.1.5.6 Magnitude, stars
X.3.1.2 Log, requirements 1.3.2.1 Main deck
X.1.3.1 Long stay 3.2.3.5 Main deck
X.1.1.6 Longitude 1.0.1.7 Main deck
X.1.2.1 Longitudinal 1.2.1.1 Main deck, connection
NO1.6.1, 1.0.1.7 Main Engine NO6.4.3
1.1.5.3 Look out duty, tasks NO1.6.2, NO6.4.3,
NO2.4.1 2.3.4.6 Main engine, emergency stop SC1.1.4,
1.0.1.7 Look out post NO1.6.1 SC3.4.9
2.1.6.1 Lookout NO1.6.1 3.1.6.2 Main engine, response NO6.4.3
2.3.1.3 Lookout NO1.6.1 EK 1.1 Main engine NO6.4.3
3.1.3.7 Lookout NO1.6.1 EK 1.2 Main engine NO6.4.3
NO1.6.1, EK 1.8 Main engine, fuel NO6.4.3
3.1.3.1 Lookout duties NO2.4.2, EK 1.13 Main engine NO6.4.3
NO2.4.4 EK 2.1 Main engine NO6.4.3
NO1.6.1, EK 2.8 Main engine NO6.4.3
9.2.1 Lookout duties NO2.4.2, EK 3.1 Main engine NO6.4.3
NO2.4.4 EK 3.5 Main engine NO6.4.3
2.1.3.2 Loran NO1.9.19 EK 3.9 Main engine NO6.4.3
1.1.7.11 Loran C system NO1.9.19 EK 3.18 Main engine, RPM NO6.4.3
2.1.3.1 Loran equipment, operation NO1.9.19 1.3.3.3 Main power supply NO6.4.3
2.1.6.8 Loran system, principle NO1.9.19 3.4.1.9 Maintenance
1.1.1.11 Los Angeles 4.1.1.13 Maker’s manual
4.1.1.27 LOT, performance 1.3.1.10 Making fast vessel, lines
1.1.10.5 Low 3.1.7.9 Making way
3.1.1.2 Low water SC2.1.1,
1.2.2.2 Lowering, precautions 4.1.2.4 Man entry, precautions
SC3.5.1
SP8 LPG SC2.1.1,
4.1.3.1 LPG carrier 4.1.2.4 Man entry, precautions
SC3.5.1
LPG tanker, loading/ discharging 1.0.1.5 Man overboard NO8.3.1
4.1.3.4
operations 1.3.6.3 Man overboard NO8.3.1
4.1.3.2 LPG, cooling 3.1.6.3 Man overboard NO8.3.1
2.3.5.3 LSA 3.3.3.5 Man overboard NO8.3.1
3.3.4.13 LSA Code 3.3.5.1 Man overboard NO8.3.1
3.3.4.9 LSA Code, requirement 9.1.13 Man overboard NO8.3.1
3.4.1.5 Lubricating oil, types 1.0.1.6 Man overboard marker NO8.3.1-2
3.3.2.14 Lubrication equipment 3.1.6.3 Man overboard, procedures NO8.3.1-2
3.3.2.14 Lubrication tools/points/schedule SP4 Manager
1.3.4.5 Lubrication points 3.4.1.10 Manhole lids
EK 2.19 Machinery 1.3.2.6 Manhole, door
2.3.8.1 Machinery cover 3.4.1.10 Manhole, door
3.3.1.1 Machinery spaces 4.1.1.18 Manifold
3.4.1.5 Machinery, deck 4.1.1.4 Manifold
3.4.1.5 Machinery, engine room NO6.4.3 X.4.1.3.A.7 Manifold area, protection
Page 17 of 32
Manifold watch, cargo, X.2.2.2 Max nine stack high
4.1.1.10
responsibilities 3.1.7.3 Mayday
4.1.1.22 Manifolds 1.3.6.4 Mayday call
3.1.3.3 Maneuvering 3.1.1.2 Mean High Water Springs (MHWS)
3.1.6.5 Maneuvering characteristics 3.1.1.2 Mean Low Water Neaps (MLWN)
3.4.1.2 Manropes, care/maintenance NO8.2.20 3.1.1.2 Mean Sea Level
4.1.3.13 Manual Measurement instruments,
4.1.1.30
SC2.3.1, precautions
4.1.1.32 Manual devices, operation
SC3.4.8 4.1.1.30 Measuring instruments, corrections
EK 3.11 Manual mode 3.3.2.5 Mechanical test
1.0.1.8 Manual steering control 1.3.5.2 Medical chest
1.3.2.13 Manufacturer’s manual 1.3.5.5 Medical instruments, inventory
1.1.10.1 Marine bucket 1.3.5.5 Medical Locker
4.1.3.13 Marine environment 1.0.1.11 Medical locker, location
1.3.1.6 Marine pollutant 1.3.5.5 Medical Officer
1.1.1.4 Mariner’s Handbook 1.3.5.2 Medicine
X.1.1.10.8 Mariner’s Handbook 1.3.5.5 Medicines, inventory
SP14 Maritime Administration 1.3.5.4 Medicines, locker, poison
SP14 Maritime Police X.4.1.3.A.8 Meetings, prior operations, cargo
X.2.2.2 Markings SC4.1.1 X.4.1.3.B.4 Meetings, prior operations, cargo
3.4.1.9 Marks, embossed 1.3.2.1 Members, steel, structural
3.4.1.9 Marks, requirements 1.1.1.11 Mercator charts
SC1.5.3, 1.1.1.13 Message
X.3.3.1 MARPOL
SC6.1.2 2.1.4.1 Message
SC1.5.3, 3.1.4.3 Messages, types
1.3.1.5 MARPOL
SC6.1.2 3.2.3.5 Metacentric height (GM)
SC1.5.3, 2.1.1.5 Meteorological conditions NO6.2.5
1.3.1.6 MARPOL
SC6.1.2 2.1.10.3 MF DSC NO5.1.4
SC1.5.3, 2.1.10.6 MF DSC testing, intervals NO5.1.4
2.3.2.1 MARPOL Annex I
SC6.1.2 2.1.10.6 MF DSC, make NO5.1.4
SC1.5.3, 2.1.10.6 MF DSC, model NO5.1.4
SC6.1.2 2.1.10.6 MF DSC, testing procedure NO5.1.4
SC1.5.3, 3.3.4.2 MF/HF DSC NO5.1.4
SC6.1.2 2.1.6.3 MHWS
SC1.5.3, 1.2.1.2 Midship section
SC6.1.2 1.3.2.6 Midship section
SC1.5.3, 2.3.3.1 Mill scale
4.1.1.19 MARPOL Annex I Regulations 9.1
SC6.1.2 3.3.2.3 Minimum Stability Criteria CHS1.13
SC1.5.3, 4.1.1.29 MMC operation manual
1.3.1.5 MARPOL Annex II
SC6.1.2
SP6 MMSI number
SC1.5.3,
4.1.3.13 MARPOL Annex II 3.1.7.6 Mobile radio, particulars SC4.1.2
SC6.1.2
1.2.2.7 Monkey fist
SC1.5.3,
1.3.1.6 MARPOL Annex III 3.1.3.1 Monkey island
SC6.1.2
1.1.3.5 Moon
SC1.5.3,
2.3.1.7 MARPOL Annex V 3.1.1.3 Moonrise/moonset time
SC6.1.2
SC1.5.3, NO6.4.2,
4.1.3.12 MARPOL Annex VI 1.3.1.10 Mooring arrangement
SC6.1.2 NO8.2.1-5
SC1.5.3, NO6.4.2,
4.1.1.19 MARPOL, requirements 1.0.1.16 Mooring arrangement plan
SC6.1.2 NO8.2.1-5
X.4.1.3.A.5 MARVS equipment NO6.4.2,
X.1.3.1 Mooring equipment arrangement
NO8.2.1-5
X.4.1.3.A.5 MARVS, maintenance
Mooring equipment arrangement, NO6.4.2,
X.4.1.3.A.5 MARVS, testing 1.3.1.11
forward NO8.2.1-5
SP13 MASSA
NO6.4.2,
3.1.3.5 Master, additional instructions NO6.4.1 3.2.3.9 Mooring line
NO8.2.1-5
9.2.15 Master’s night order book NO2.4.3
NO6.4.2,
1.2.3.6 Material Safety Data Sheet 1.3.1.13 Mooring lines
NO8.2.1-5
3.2.3.7 Material Safety Data Sheet
4.1.1.6 Material Safety Data Sheets NO6.4.2,
4.1.3.14 Material Safety Data Sheets 3.2.3.9 Mooring plan
NO8.2.1-5
SP25 Mate’s Receipt
Page 18 of 32
NO6.4.2, 1.1.6.5 Noon to noon, distance NO1.7.3
3.2.3.9 Moorings, attending NO8.2.1-5, SP29 NOR
CHS1.10.1 X.1.1.7 North up, radar display NO3.1.1
NO6.4.2, 1.1.9.4 Norway
2.3.1.5 Moorings, precautions NO8.2.1-5, 3.1.7.9 Not under command
CHS1.10.1 SP29 Note of Protest
1.1.9.1 Morse message NO7.1.1 EK 1.4 Notice, ER
2.1.4.1 Morse transmission/ reception NO7.1.1 EK 3.3 Notice, reduction, RPM
1.1.9.1 Morse signaling equipment NO7.1.2 2.3.1.4 Notices
1.3.2.8 MOT ladder 1.3.1.5 Noxious liquid substance
4.1.3.10 Motor, location 1.3.3.6 Nozzle SC3.1.5
X.4.1.3.B.6 Motor, location 1.3.3.5 Nozzle, type SC3.1.5
EK 3.13 Motors, hydraulic 1.1.5.4 NP 735 Publication
3.1.6.2 Motors, steering 1.2.1.3 NRT
1.3.1.8 Moulded depth 1.1.9.1 Numerals
SP5 Moulded depth SP13 NUSI
2.1.7.5 Movement Book 3.4.1.10 Nuts, tightening sequence
5.0.1.6 Muck 3.3.4.8 Oar SC4.2.5
5.0.1.6 Mud CHST3.1.8 SP8 OBO
SP13 MUI 4.1.1.31 OBQ
4.1.1.13 Multi stage washing 2.1.8.4 Observation
1.1.2.1 Mumbai X.1.1.5.1 Occulting lights
1.1.2.2 Mumbai 1.1.1.12 Ocean chart
2.1.1.2 Mumbai 1.1.1.8 Ocean Passages for the World
3.3.3.5 Muster List SC4.1.6 4.1.1.26 OCIMF publication
1.0.1.1 Muster List SC4.1.6 4.1.1.25 ODMCS equipment
3.1.1.3 Narvik 4.1.1.19 ODME
Nautical Adviser, Government of 1.1.9.3 Off air
SP14
Philippines SP29 Off hire
3.1.1.3 Nautical twilight time 2.1.2.2 Off-course alarm SC3.4.1
1.1.9.5 Naval salute, ship 1.1.4.1 Off-course alarm SC3.4.1
1.1.5.1 Navigation Aids 3.3.6.2 Official Log Book NO6.3.1
3.1.3.1 Navigation Bridge Visibility 1.2.1.3 Official Number
1.0.1.8 Navigation lights, failure Officials, customs/
2.1.8.5 Navigation mark SP10
health/immigration
2.1.7.1 Navigation procedures 1.3.1.7 Oil
1.1.1.10 Navigation, danger 2.3.2.1 Oil discharge control, requirements
1.1.1.10 Navigation, obstruction 4.1.1.20 Oil discharge, rate
3.1.6.4 Navigation, shallow water NO8.1.4-5 3.2.1.7 Oil quantity
1.1.1.10 Navigation, surface, dangerous 4.1.1.21 Oil quantity
2.1.1.9 Navigation, TSS 2.3.2.1 Oil Record Book (ORB) SC1.5.4
9.2.4 Navigational Aids NO1.6.2 3.3.6.3 Oil Record Book SC1.5.4
1.1.1.13 Navigational warning NO1.1.7 2.3.1.3 Oil slick NO4.1.6
2.1.3.2 Navtex NO2.6.4 2.1.9.5 Oil spill NO4.1.6
3.1.4.3 Navtex NO2.6.4 X.4.1.3.C.1 Oil, crude
2.1.3.1 Navtex equipment, operation NO2.6.4 X.4.1.3.C.2 Oil, crude
NO1.1.7, 2.3.1.3 Oil, non-persistent
1.1.1.13 Navtex receiver
NO2.6.4 2.3.1.3 Oil, persistent
3.1.4.3 Navtex receiver, programming NO2.6.4 CHST2.2.5,
3.1.4.3 Navtex, features NO2.6.4 3.3.1.2 Oily water separator
CHST3.1.14
SP20 NCN 2.1.6.8 Omega system, principle NO1.9.19
4.1.1.19 Nearest land 1.1.5.5 One point bow, starboard
1.3.2.9 Net, rigging One point, forward, beam,
1.1.9.7 New York 1.1.5.5
starboard
2.1.1.1 New York X.2.3.5 On-load release system
SP32 New York SP8 OO
2.1.1.4 No go area 2.1.6.11 OOW duties NO2.4.1
X.2.2.2 No hooks 3.1.5.1 OOW duties NO2.4.1
2.3.7.7 Non-drying, defects, paint work X.3.3.1 OPA
4.1.1.32 Non-hazardous areas
1.2.1.5 Open gear
1.2.1.10 Non-return values
Page 19 of 32
Open spaces, painting, Passage planning, principles
2.3.7.8 9.2.7 NO1.2.1
precautions (M854)
1.3.1.8 Overall length 1.1.7.13 Passage, coastal
3.4.1.11 Overboard line, construction Passengers preservation,
3.3.4.11
Overboard valve, malfunction, procedures
3.4.1.11
danger SP9 Passport
Overboard valve, opening, 2.1.5.2 Patches, almond-shaped
3.4.1.11
precautions 3.1.4.1 Path, TRS
4.1.1.32 Over pressurization SP8 PCTC
X.4.1.3.B.8 Over pressurization 2.1.6.4 Pelorus
4.1.1.21 Over pressurization, prevention 1.1.9.6 Pendant, answering
SP4 Owner X.2.1.4 Pendant, answering
1.0.1.7 OWS X.4.1.3.A.6 PERC
EK 1.18 OWS X.1.1.5.1 Period, lights
EK 3.28 OWS CHS1.1.9,
Oxygen analyzer, operating 5.0.1.12 Permit, enclosed space entry SC2.1.1,
2.3.7.1 CHST2.2.13
procedure SC3.5.1
4.1.3.1 Oxygen contact, maximum 3.3.2.13 Permit, hot work
3.3.2.13 Oxygen, permissible limits 5.0.1.12 Permit, hot work
SP30 P & I club, function 1.3.1.8 Perpendicular, forward/aft
1.3.1.6 Packages, empty 3.4.1.7 Personal gear, hot work
2.2.1.3 Packing renewal, procedure 4.1.1.2 Personal protective gear (PPG)
Packing, booby hatches/ 2.1.7.3 Personnel, ship
2.2.1.3
hatches/tanks/air pipes/ramps X.1.1.5.1 Phase, lights
X.2.2.2 Packing, cargoes CHST1.1.9 2.1.6.6 Phasing
2.2.1.3 Packings, rubber, spare SP14 Philippine Coast Guard
X.4.1.3.B.2 Padding medium SP14 Philippine Regulation Commission
X.4.1.3.B.2 Padding, procedure 1.1.9.6 Phonetics NO7.2.1-4
1.3.2.13 Paint 1.3.2.7 Pilot NO1.1.6
2.3.7.6 Paint brush 1.1.1.10 Pilot boarding place NO1.1.6
1.0.1.7 Paint locker 2.3.1.6 Pilot boat alongside, precautions NO1.1.6
1.3.2.13 Paint specification plan 2.1.7.4 Pilot embarkation NO1.1.6
5.0.1.17 Paint, antifouling 1.3.2.7 Pilot hoist NO2.2.1
2.3.3.4 Paint, bilges 3.4.1.1 Pilot hoist, mechanical NO2.2.1
5.0.1.6 Paint, coating, chain locker NO8.2.17 3.1.6.5 Pilot Information Card NO1.1.6
2.3.3.1 Paint, float coat NO1.1.6,
1.3.2.7 Pilot ladder
2.3.3.4 Paint, gangway NO2.2.1
3.4.1.9 Paint, marks 2.1.7.4 Pilot ladder NO1.1.6
2.3.3.4 Paint, shower room 3.4.1.4 Pilot ladder NO1.1.6
2.3.3.4 Paint, tanks, ballast 3.1.7.2 Pilot station NO1.1.6
2.3.3.4 Paint, tanks, fresh water 1.1.9.7 Pilot station NO1.1.6
1.3.2.13 Paint, type 2.1.7.4 Pilot, pick up, preparations NO1.1.6
2.3.3.4 Paint, uptakes, funnel 1.1.9.7 Pilots NO1.1.6
1.3.2.1 Painting CHST1.1.9,
2.3.7.7 Painting, precautions 1.3.1.3 Pipeline CHST3.1.13,
9.2.23 Paints CHST3.1.16
2.3.7.7 Paints, data sheets CHST1.1.9,
2.3.7.7 Paints, precautions 3.3.1.4 Pipeline CHST3.1.13,
2.3.7.7 Paints, types CHST3.1.16
3.1.7.3 Pan Pan CHST1.1.9,
SP24 Panamax 5.0.1.2 Pipeline CHST3.1.13,
3.3.1.4 Papers, signed CHST3.1.16
1.1.7.3 Parallel indexing NO3.3.2 CHST1.1.9,
2.1.8.5 Parallel indexing NO3.3.2 2.3.4.4 Pipeline, frequency, testing CHST3.1.13,
4.1.3.4 Parameters, checks, prior loading CHST3.1.16
X.4.1.3.A.6 Parameters, operating, critical CHST1.1.9,
3.4.1.7 Pipelines CHST3.1.13,
1.3.1.1 Parceling cloth
CHST3.1.16
2.1.1.2 Passage NO1.2.1
3.2.3.1 Pipes
3.1.1.1 Passage plan NO1.2.1
EK 3.1 Piston
1.1.1.11 Passage planning NO1.2.1 1.1.6.3 Pitch
Page 20 of 32
2.3.3.1 Pitting EK 3.1 Port, exhaust
1.3.2.6 Plan view 1.1.9.3 Port, steer three zero five
1.1.3.5 Planet 1.1.1.5 Ports, Standard/ Secondary
1.1.5.6 Planets, name 2.1.6.3 Position
1.0.1.3 Plans, location 2.1.6.3 Position circle, radius
1.0.1.15 Plastic disposal 3.1.3.13 Position fixing, methods NO3.2.1
2.3.1.7 Plastics, disposal NO3.1.1,
1.1.7.4 Position fixing, Radar
5.0.1.6 Plate floor, construction NO3.2.1
5.0.1.4 Plates, identification 1.1.3.9 Position, current
1.3.1.9 Plimsoll mark NO1.8.1,
1.1.1.10 Position, data, stream, tidal
3.4.1.9 Plimsoll marks, color NO1.8.2
1.1.7.2 Plotting sheet 1.1.6.2 Position, dead reckoning
2.1.8.4 Plotting sheet NO3.4.1 1.1.6.3 Position, dead reckoning
2.1.8.4 Plotting, manual NO3.4.1 1.1.6.4 Position, dead reckoning
2.1.1.4 Point of no return X.1.1.6 Position, dead reckoning (DR)
1.3.5.4 Poison Locker X.1.1.6 Position, estimated
1.3.5.4 Poison locker, contents 1.1.7.16 Position, fixing
2.1.9.4 Police 2.1.3.2 Position, GPS
4.1.1.6 Pollution 2.1.3.4 Position, noon NO1.10.6
NO4.3.2, 1.1.6.2 Position, observed
Pollution control equipment, NO4.3.5, 1.1.6.3 Position, observed
4.1.1.7
location CHST1.1.7, X.1.1.6 Position, observed
CHST3.1.2 1.1.5.2 Position, ship
1.0.1.1 Pollution drill, duty NO4.3.2 1.1.7.6 Position, ship
3.3.1.3 Pollution duties, staff NO4.3.2 2.1.6.5 Position, ship
NO4.3.2, 2.1.6.6 Position, ship
Pollution prevention equipment,
2.3.2.3 CHST1.1.7, X.1.3.1 Position, ship
containment
CHST3.1.2 1.1.7.13 Positions
NO4.3.2, 2.1.1.4 Positions
Pollution prevention equipment,
3.3.1.3 CHST1.1.7, 1.1.7.12 Power failure
containment
CHST3.1.2 1.3.4.4 Power failure
SP19 Pollution, authority NO4.3.4 2.2.3.2 Power failure
3.3.1.3 Pollution, contact, names NO4.3.4 X.4.1.3.C.7 Power failure
1.3.1.4 Pollution, garbage 1.1.9.9 Power unit
1.3.1.3 Pollution, oil 3.1.6.2 Power, ahead, main engine NO6.4.3
2.1.10.1 Pollution, oil NO4.3.5 3.1.6.2 Power, astern, main engine NO6.4.3
3.3.5.1 Pollution, oil NO4.3.5 1.1.9.9 Power, emergency
4.1.1.8 Pollution, prevention NO4.3.5 3.1.6.2 Power, main engine
4.1.1.19 Pollution, prevention NO4.3.5 EK 2.1 Power, propulsion
1.3.1.4 Pollution, sewage 1.3.3.3 Power, source, emergency
1.2.1.14 Poop deck 3.1.6.2 Power, thrusters
1.0.1.7 Poop deck 4.1.1.2 PPG sets, location
2.1.1.4 Port NO2.2.4 4.1.1.2 PPG sets, number
Port authorities, contact, NO2.2.4, 3.1.7.7 Pratique, radio SC4.1.2
2.1.9.4
procedures NO4.3.1 SP14 PRC
SP14 Port Captain NO2.2.4 1.1.1.10 Precautionary area
NO2.2.4, EK 1.27 Precautions, safety SC3.4.11
SP12 Port clearance
NO4.3.1 2.1.5.2 Pressure CHST1.2.3
2.1.9.4 Port Control NO2.2.4 3.3.5.3 Pressure points, body, location CHST1.2.3
SP26 Port dues NO2.2.4 3.3.2.5 Pressure testing CHST1.2.3
1.1.1.7 Port of call NO2.2.4 X.4.1.3.A.4 Pressure, design limitations
1.1.9.7 Port of call NO2.2.4 4.1.1.21 Pressure, maintenance
2.1.9.4 Port of call NO2.2.4 Prevention of Oil Spillages through CHST1.1.9,
3.1.1.1 Port of call NO2.2.4 4.1.1.26
Cargo Pumproom Sea Valves SC1.2.1
3.1.6.5 Port of call NO2.2.4 3.3.2.3 Printer
3.1.7.2 Port of call NO2.2.4 3.3.2.3 Printout
SP7 Port of registry, painted EK 1.27 Procedure, opening, skylight
SP7 Port of registry, printed CHST2.2.18,
9.2.19 Port plans, with facilities X.4.1.3.B.6 Procedure, stopping, pump
SC3.4.9
1.1.9.3 Port twenty
1.1.1.10 Production platform
1.3.1.7 Port, discharge NO8.2.8
Page 21 of 32
X.5.0.1.5 Propeller Pumproom watch, cargo, CHST1.1.9,
4.1.1.12
5.0.1.7 Propeller metal responsibilities CHST2.1.4
5.0.1.7 Propeller protection 4.1.2.4 Pumproom, entry procedure CHST1.1.9
2.3.5.5 Propeller, lifeboat X.4.1.3.B.6 Pumps, types CHST2.2.18
X.4.1.3.B.7 Protective equipment, special 4.1.1.32 Purge pipes
1.2.2.1 Provision cranes, location 4.1.1.5 Purging CHST1.1.5
1.2.2.1 Provision davits, location 4.1.3.2 Purging, LPG CHST1.1.5
1.2.2.1 Provision derricks, location 4.1.3.5 Purging methods CHST1.1.5
3.2.1.9 Provision store 4.1.3.2 Purging, procedure CHST1.1.5
EK 1.17 Provisions 1.0.1.7 Purifier
1.1.1.8 Publication number EK 2.9 Purifier
3.2.3.1 Pulp, wood EK 1.9 Purifier, make/type
CHST2.2.18, EK 3.10 Purifier, operation
4.1.1.15 Pump controls
SC3.4.9 4.1.1.32 PV Breaker
CHST2.2.18, SC4.1.3,
4.1.1.23 Pump room ventilation system
SC3.4.9 SC4.1.4,
9.1.10 Pyrotechnics
CHST2.2.18, SC4.5.3,
EK 2.19 Pump, centrifugal
SC3.4.9 SC4.5.5
CHST2.2.18, SC4.1.3,
EK 3.21 Pump, centrifugal
SC3.4.9 SC4.1.4,
1.0.1.14 Pyrotechnics
CHST2.2.18, SC4.5.3,
X.4.1.3.B.6 Pump, cooling SC4.5.5
SC3.4.9
CHST2.2.18, SC4.1.3,
4.1.3.10 Pump, deep well SC4.1.4,
SC3.4.9 2.3.5.3 Pyrotechnics
Pump, foreign bodies entry, CHST2.2.18, SC4.5.3,
4.1.1.21 SC4.5.5
prevention SC3.4.9
CHST2.2.18, SC4.1.3,
EK 2.19 Pump, gear 3.3.4.5 Pyrotechnics, expired, disposal SC4.1.4,
SC3.4.9
CHST2.2.18, SC4.5.3
X.4.1.3.B.6 Pump, location SC4.1.3,
SC3.4.9
CHST2.2.18, Pyrotechnics, operating SC4.1.4,
EK 1.15 Pump, location/ make/purpose 2.3.5.4
SC3.4.9 instructions SC4.5.3,
CHST2.2.18, SC4.5.5
X.4.1.3.B.6 Pump, lubrication/ maintenance 2.3.2.4 QI
SC3.4.9
CHST2.2.18, 3.3.3.9 Quick closing valves
EK 2.19 Pump, reciprocating X.1.1.5.1 Quick lights
SC3.4.9
CHST2.2.18, 3.1.7.6 R/T
EK 3.21 Pump, reciprocating 3.1.7.3 R/T, operation
SC3.4.9
CHST2.2.18, 3.1.7.3 R/T, silence periods
4.1.3.10 Pump, routine maintenance
SC3.4.9 1.1.1.7 Racon
CHST2.2.18, 2.1.6.3 Racon
EK 2.19 Pump, screw
SC3.4.9 9.2.9 RACON
CHST2.2.18, SC4.1.3,
4.1.3.10 Pump, starting/stopping procedure
SC3.4.9 SC4.1.4,
2.1.6.1 Radar
CHST2.2.18, SC4.5.3,
X.4.1.3.B.6 Pump, starting procedure
SC3.4.9 SC4.5.5
CHST2.2.18, SC4.1.3,
4.1.1.18 Pump, stripping
SC3.4.9 SC4.1.4,
2.1.6.3 Radar
CHST2.2.18, SC4.5.3,
4.1.1.21 Pump, type SC4.5.5
SC3.4.9
CHST2.2.18, SC4.1.3,
4.1.3.10 Pump, type SC4.1.4,
SC3.4.9 3.1.3.11 Radar
CHST2.2.18, SC4.5.3,
EK 1.15 Pump, type SC4.5.5
SC3.4.9
CHST2.2.18, SC4.1.3,
EK 2.19 Pump, vane 3.1.3.13 Radar SC4.1.4,
SC3.4.9
X.5.0.1.3 Pumping out, water SC4.5.3
4.1.1.26 Pumproom CHST1.1.9 SC4.1.3,
4.1.1.4 Pumproom CHST1.1.9 SC4.1.4,
4.1.2.1 Pumproom arrangement CHST1.1.9 9.2.10 Radar
SC4.5.3,
4.1.1.23 Pumproom lights CHST1.1.9 SC4.5.5
Page 22 of 32
SC4.1.3, SC4.1.3,
SC4.1.4, SC4.1.4,
X.1.1.7.1 Radar 2.1.8.2 Radar, switch on procedures
SC4.5.3, SC4.5.3,
SC4.5.5 SC4.5.5
SC4.1.3, 3.1.7.3 Radio calls, types
SC4.1.4, 3.1.7.6 Radio check
1.1.7.4 Radar bearing, errors
SC4.5.3, 3.1.7.3 Radio communication NO5.1.4
SC4.5.5 1.1.8.1 Radio frequencies
SC4.1.3, 3.1.7.3 Radio Log NO5.1.4
SC4.1.4, 2.3.6.4 Radio medical advice, procedure
X.1.1.7 Radar brilliance
SC4.5.3, 3.1.7.3 Radio silence
SC4.5.5 NO1.1.7,
SC4.1.3, 1.1.8.1 Radio stations
NO6.1.2
2.1.8.3 Radar detection, range SC4.1.4, 3.1.7.3 Radio, silence periods
SC4.5.3 2.2.3.2 Rails, safety, portable
SC4.1.3, 1.3.1.3 Rain
SC4.1.4, 1.3.2.1 Rain
3.1.3.11 Radar displays, types
SC4.5.3, 2.1.5.1 Rain, continuous
SC4.5.5
Rain, slight, intermittent, non-
SC4.1.3, 2.1.5.2
freezing
SC4.1.4,
2.1.8.1 Radar equipment 1.2.1.6 Ramp operating system, failure
SC4.5.3,
1.2.1.4 Ramps
SC4.5.5
1.2.1.5 Ramps
SC4.1.3,
SC4.1.4, 1.2.1.6 Ramps
1.1.7.4 Radar fixes, accuracy 1.2.2.2 Ramps
SC4.5.3,
SC4.5.5 1.1.7.2 Range
SC4.1.3, 2.1.7.9 Range
SC4.1.4, X.1.1.7 Range rings, Radar
X.1.1.7.1 Radar operation, principle X.1.1.5.1 Range, lights
SC4.5.3,
SC4.5.5 5.0.1.5 Ranging, anchor cable NO8.2.19
SC4.1.3, 1.3.5.6 Rank
2.1.7.8 Radar performance SC4.1.4, X.2.1.3.5 Rate of turn indicator
SC4.5.3 Rate of turn indicator,
X.3.1.2
SC4.1.3, requirements
SC4.1.4, 2.1.9.2 RCC
9.2.11 Radar performance
SC4.5.3, EK 3.24 Recirculation, air
SC4.5.5 X.3.3.2 Record of Equipment CHST3.1.2
SC4.1.3, SC1.4.2,
1.2.1.13 Record, soundings
SC4.1.4, SC2.3.1
1.1.7.2 Radar screen
SC4.5.3, 3.1.3.9 Records
SC4.5.5 1.3.6.3 Red Sea
SC4.1.3, 1.0.1.7 Reefer rooms
SC4.1.4, 1.3.4.1 Ref 1.0.1.16
1.1.7.1 Radar, operating procedure
SC4.5.3, EK 2.21 Refrigerant
SC4.5.5 EK 1.17 Refrigerated chambers
SC4.1.3, EK 2.21 Refrigerated chambers, cooling
SC4.1.4, 5.0.1.2 Refrigeration plant CHS1.8.1
2.1.8.2 Radar, operating procedures
SC4.5.3, 3.2.1.9 Refrigeration system CHS1.8.1
SC4.5.5 3.3.6.4 Refugees
SC4.1.3, 3.3.6.4 Refugee handling, publications
1.1.7.1 Radar, particulars SC4.1.4,
1.1.5.4 Region A, IALA
SC4.5.3
1.1.5.4 Region B, IALA
SC4.1.3,
SP4 Registered owner
SC4.1.4,
1.1.7.1 Radar, precautions 1.1.9.2 Registry, country
SC4.5.3,
SC4.5.5 4.1.3.12 Regulation 15
4.1.3.13 Regulation 5A
SC4.1.3, 2.3.1.7 Regulation 9
SC4.1.4, 1.2.2.6 Regulation, port
X.3.1.2 Radar, requirements 1.1.5.3 Regulations, collision
SC4.5.3,
SC4.5.5 3.1.3.11 Relative Motion display
Page 23 of 32
Relative Motion display, gyro- 3.1.6.4 Rudder movements, response
2.1.8.5
stabilized EK 3.13 Rudder, locked
4.1.3.3 Reliquefaction plant EK 1.10 Rudder, type
3.3.3.6 Remote control mechanism 1.1.5.3 Rule No. 5
1.1.9.3 Rendezvous 3.2.1.6 Rules, grain
2.1.9.3 Reporting system X.5.0.1.1 Rules, statutory
2.1.1.3 Requisition forms, company 1.2.2.1 Running gear
Rescue boat equipment, 4.1.1.21 Running, pump CHST2.2.18
1.3.4.4 SC4.5.6
care/maintenance EK 3.36 Safety arrangement
Rescue boat launching/ recovery 1.3.1.1 Safety belt
1.3.4.5 SC4.5.6
procedure 1.2.2.2 Safety devices SC3.6.2
Rescue boat, securing 1.3.2.7 Safety equipment SC3.6.2
3.3.4.10 SC4.5.6
arrangement EK 3.34 Safety equipment SC3.6.2
3.3.4.8 Rescue, man in water NO4.1.5 Safety equipment plan (LSA and
2.1.9.2 Rescue, persons NO4.1.5 1.0.1.16 SC3.6.2
FFA)
3.3.3.10 Rescue, precautions/ procedures NO4.1.5 SEQ Renewal survey,
3.3.5.1 Rescue, staff NO4.1.5 3.3.6.7
preparations
4.1.1.21 Reservoir, oil, hydraulic X.1.0.1.2 Safety equipment, lockers
1.3.6.4 Response 1.2.2.1 Safety factor
2.3.6.1 Resuscitation, unconscious patient SC3.7.2 1.2.2.6 Safety gear, cargo, requirement CHS1.2.10
1.3.1.7 Retention on board 4.1.2.4 Safety manual, company
Revolutions per minute (RPM), CHS1.10.1,
1.1.6.3 NO6.4.3 2.3.1.2 Safety net, rigging, gangway
engine SC2.2.2
2.1.7.5 RFA 1.0.1.1 Safety Officer
2.1.7.6 RFA 1.3.3.2 Safety Officer
1.1.10.5 Ridge CHST1.1.1,
1.0.1.12 Safety plan
CHS1.11.3, CHST1.1.2
2.2.2.5 Rigging procedure SC2.2.2, 1.0.1.9 Safety policy, Master
SC4.4.1 CHST1.1.1,
1.1.5.5 Right ahead 1.3.2.7 Safety precautions CHST1.1.2,
1.1.5.5 Right astern SC3.4.11
4.1.1.31 ROB CHST1.1.1,
1.1.1.10 Rock which covers/uncovers 3.2.2.2 Safety procedures CHST1.1.2,
Rope, construction/lay/ SC3.4.11
1.3.1.11
material/size/transfer 2.3.5.3 Safety report, company
3.2.2.4 Rope, fiber/wire 1.0.1.4 Safety symbols, IMO CHS1.2.10
X.1.2.2.3 Rope, fiber/wire SP19 Safety, authority
1.2.2.3 Rope, manila/ polypropylene 1.3.6.1 Safety, crew
5.0.1.7 Rope, mooring NO8.2.1 2.3.1.1 Safety, rigging, gangway SC2.2.2
NO8.2.5, 2.2.3.2 Safety, stevedores
1.3.1.12 Rope, mooring, handling
CHS1.10.1 3.3.2.3 Sag
1.2.2.7 Rope, polypropylene 2.1.7.2 Sailing
1.3.1.1 Rope, securing arrangement NO1.1.3,
1.1.1.3 Sailing Directions
1.3.1.1 Rope, size/type NO6.2.2
1.3.1.10 Ropes, making fast, bitts NO8.2.20 EK 1.7 Sample, fuel
1.3.1.10 Ropes, wire CHS1.2.2 4.1.1.25 Sampling probes
SP8 RORO 1.3.4.3 SART SC4.1.2
2.3.5.5 Rotation, direction 2.1.4.4 SART SC4.1.2
3.2.3.3 Rotation, port 3.1.7.5 SART SC4.1.2
3.1.3.4 Rounds, post-watch, day/night 9.1.8 SART SC4.1.2
3.1.3.4 Rounds, pre-watch, day/night 2.1.4.4 SART operation, principle SC4.1.2
5.0.1.8 Route plan 1.0.1.13 SART, location/make/ type SC4.1.2
1.1.1.6 Routes, alternative 2.1.4.4 SART, purpose/test procedure SC4.1.2
2.1.6.5 RPM 3.3.4.14 SART, requirements SC4.1.2
1.0.1.8 RPM, critical SC4.1.2,
3.1.7.5 SART, SOLAS requirements
3.1.6.2 RPM, critical SC6.1.1
RT equipment, 3.1.7.2 Sat A/B/C
2.1.4.3
particulars/operating procedures 3.1.7.4 Sat A/B/C
2.1.4.3 RT 2.3.6.4 SatCom
EK 2.10 Rudder 4.1.1.19 SBT
X.5.0.1.5 Rudder SP32 Scandinavian countries
Page 24 of 32
EK 3.1 Scavenge space 2.1.7.8 Shadow areas
1.0.1.12 SCBA accessories 3.1.2.1 Shadow pin
1.3.3.8 SCBA, checks 4.1.1.13 Shadow sector
3.4.1.2 Scrambling net, care 2.1.7.8 Shadow sectors
3.4.1.2 Scrambling net, maintenance 4.1.3.10 Shaft, cooling
5.0.1.19 Scuppers SC1.1.1 4.1.3.10 Shaft, lubrication
2.1.5.1 Sea 3.1.6.4 Shallow water effects NO8.1.4-5
2.1.5.2 Sea 3.1.6.4 Shallow water, indications NO8.1.4-5
EK 3.13 Sea 3.3.2.3 Shearing stress CHS1.3.7
2.1.4.4 Sea areas 1.2.1.5 Sheaves
3.1.3.6 Sea bed 1.2.2.7 Sheepshank
5.0.1.16 Sea chest 1.2.2.7 Sheet Bend
EK 1.23 Sea chest 5.0.1.10 Shell expansion drawing
EK 3.32 Sea chest 1.3.6.1 Shift, cargo
5.0.1.16 Sea chest opening, size 1.3.5.1 Ship Captain’s Medical Guide
4.1.1.26 Sea chest valves 1.3.5.3 Ship Captain’s Medical Guide
5.0.1.11 Sea chest, high/low 3.3.4.11 Ship Captain’s Medical Guide
5.0.1.1 Sea chests 1.1.4.2 Ship head setting, procedure
1.1.10.3 Sea criterion 1.1.6.3 Ship Log NO6.3.1
X.5.0.1.4 Sea growth removal, procedure 3.2.3.9 Ship passing, precautions
X.5.0.1.4 Sea growth, maximum, location 3.4.1.9 Ship side, color
2.1.5.2 Sea height 3.1.5.1 Ship specific checklist
2.1.5.1 Sea measurement 1.2.1.16 Ship tables
9.2.17 Sea passage, long 4.1.1.20 Ship to Ship Transfer Guide
EK 2.29 Sea suction, high 2.1.5.2 Ship Weather Code NO6.2.5
EK 2.29 Sea suction, low 3.1.3.2 Ship whistle system, type
SP15 Sea time requirement X.3.1.7.9 Ship whistle, failure
5.0.1.2 Sea water connection 3.1.3.2 Ship whistle, operation
1.1.10.1 Sea water thermometer, type CHST2.2.6 1.3.1.8 Ship, dimensions
3.3.2.5 Seams, welded SP15 Ship, foreign going
2.1.9.7 Search patterns X.5.0.1.3 Ship, resting on blocks
1.3.2.1 Seas, on deck SP3 Shipboard Training Officer (STO)
3.1.1.2 Seasonal periods, Load line SP27 Shipper
SP15 Second Mates FG examination SP13 Shipping organizations
Secretary, Dept. of Transportation SP10 Shipping, trade
SP14
& Communication 2.1.7.5 Ship’s Log Book NO6.3.2
1.1.5.1 Sector, lights 3.3.5.2 Shock SC5.2.1
X.1.1.5.1 Sector, lights 2.3.6.2 Shock, symptoms/ treatment SC5.2.1
1.3.1.11 Securing arrangement SC2.2.1 2.1.9.6 Shore facility
2.2.1.3 Securing arrangement SC2.2.1 1.1.5.2 Shore objects
1.2.3.7 Securing points SC2.2.1 1.1.9.10 Shore station
3.1.7.3 Securite 2.1.6.3 Shore structure, distance
3.3.6.4 Security plan CHS1.10.3 X.1.3.1 Short stay
1.0.1.15 Segregation, garbage SC6.2.2 1.0.1.1 Shortest escape route SC3.6.2
1.2.2.10 Segregation, goods, dangerous 2.1.5.2 Showers, intermittent
1.2.1.8 Segregation, types, cargo CHS1.3.5 4.1.3.16 Showers, operating provisions
SP8 Self unloader 4.1.3.16 Showers, testing
3.1.4.1 Semi-circle, left/right hand 2.1.5.1 Showers, thunder
X.1.0.1.1 Sensors, activation EK 1.3 SHP
X.1.0.1.1 Sensors, power source 3.2.1.3 Side battens, dimensions
2.1.6.3 Sextant 3.4.1.10 Side scuttles, requirements
1.1.8.3 Sextant, errors 2.1.6.1 Sight NO1.10.5
2.1.6.2 Sextant, errors 2.1.3.4 Sight, meridian passage
1.1.8.3 Sextant, marine 3.1.1.3 Sight, star NO1.1
3.2.2.2 Shackle markings SC4.1.1 NO1.10.1,
2.1.3.4 Sight, sun, morning
1.3.1.11 Shackle, number NO1.10.5
3.2.2.4 Shackles 2.1.10.3 Signal, distress SC4.1.3
Shackles, maintenance/ 3.1.7.9 Signal, intensity
1.2.2.5
overhauling 3.1.7.9 Signal, sound, fog NO1.1.4
4.1.1.13 Shadow area 1.0.1.8 Signaling equipment, operation
Page 25 of 32
Signaling lamp, daylight, 2.3.2.4 SOPEP, copies
1.1.9.8
make/model 2.3.2.4 SOPEP, layout
2.2.2.4 Signalman 4.1.2.7 SOPEP, location
2.2.2.4 Signals, standard 2.3.2.4 SOPEP, location
1.1.8.1 Signals, time SC1.5.3,
2.3.2.4 SOPEP, MARPOL requirements
3.1.5.1 Signals, types SC6.1.2
CHS1.1.9, 2.3.2.4 SOPEP, QI
Signatures, Enclosed Space Entry
4.1.2.4 SC2.1.1, Sound signaling appliances,
Permit 3.1.3.2
SC3.5.1 requirements
1.1.9.6 Single letter hoist X.3.1.7.9 Sound signaling equipment
4.1.1.13 Single stage washing 1.2.1.12 Sounding pipe CHST2.2.6
1.3.4.6 Skates, use/maintenance 1.0.1.16 Sounding pipes, plan CHST2.2.6
EK 1.27 Skylight Sounding pipes, closing
1.2.1.11 CHST2.2.6
2.2.2.4 Slewing arrangement
1.2.2.3 Sling, rope/wire 1.2.1.11 Sounding pipes, location CHST2.2.6
2.2.2.6 Slings, types 4.1.1.1 Sounding points
1.1.6.3 Slip 4.1.1.30 Sounding, accuracy
4.1.1.19 Slop tanks, number 4.1.1.30 Sounding, closed system
1.1.6.3 Slow Ahead 1.2.1.16 Soundings
EK 3.27 Sludge 3.2.1.7 Soundings
1.1.2.3 Small corrections 3.3.1.4 Soundings
4.1.1.19 Small diameter line Soundings measurement,
4.1.1.30 SC2.3.1
4.1.1.4 Small diameter line, cargo instruments
1.1.1.12 Small scale chart 1.2.1.13 Soundings, frequency
SP19 SMC 3.3.2.2 Soundings, periodical
3.1.7.1 SMCP 1.1.6.4 Southeast
2.1.6.5 SMG 3.2.2.3 Span shackle, stress
1.0.1.5 Smoke EK 2.32 Spanner, American, pipe
1.3.3.4 Smoke EK 2.32 Spanner, open end
1.3.6.3 Smoke EK 2.32 Spanner, screw
Smoke detecting sensor, EK 2.32 Spanner, twelve point ring
2.3.4.2
maintenance/testing 5.0.1.7 Spare, propeller
Smoke detector system, 2.3.7.9 Spares
2.3.4.1
make/type 1.3.1.4 Special Area
Smoke detector system, 3.2.1.7 Specific gravity
3.3.3.3
make/type 2.1.6.5 Speed
X.1.0.1.1 Smoke sensor, make/type 3.1.1.2 Speed
3.1.5.2 Smoke, orange 3.1.3.2 Speed
2.3.4.3 Smothering system EK 3.18 Speed
1.3.2.7 SOLAS SC6.1.1 1.1.7.15 Speed Log NO2.6.3
3.1.3.2 SOLAS SC6.1.1 2.1.3.1 Speed log equipment, operation NO2.6.3
3.3.4.1 SOLAS SC6.1.1 2.1.6.8 Speed log NO2.6.3
3.3.4.3 SOLAS SC6.1.1 X.1.1.6 Speed made good
EK 2.10 SOLAS SC6.1.1 1.0.1.8 Speed reduction
X.3.3.2 SOLAS Annex I SC6.1.1 2.1.6.5 Speed table
3.3.3.2 SOLAS Chapter II-1 SC6.1.1 1.1.6.5 Speed, average
3.1.1.1 SOLAS Chapter V SC6.1.1 3.1.6.2 Speed, maximum
3.1.3.1 SOLAS Chapter V SC6.1.1 1.1.6.3 Speed, ship
X.3.1.2 SOLAS Chapter V SC6.1.1 1.1.7.2 Speed, target
3.1.4.3 SOLAS requirements SC6.1.1 2.1.7.9 Speed, target
3.1.6.2 SOLAS requirements SC6.1.1 2.1.8.4 Speed, target NO3.4.1
3.3.3.1 SOLAS requirements SC6.1.1 X.4.1.3.A.7 Spill, dangers
3.3.3.8 SOLAS requirements SC6.1.1 X.4.1.3.A.7 Spill, responsibilities
3.4.1.1 SOLAS requirements SC6.1.1 X.4.1.3.A.7 Spillage
EK 3.16 Soot blowing 2.3.2.1 Spillage, oil
2.3.2.4 SOPEP 2.3.7.5 Splice, back
3.3.1.3 SOPEP 2.3.7.5 Splice, eye
4.1.2.7 SOPEP, components
3.4.1.8 Splice, eye
2.3.2.4 SOPEP, contents
Page 26 of 32
X.1.2.2.3 Splice, eye NO2.1.6,
1.0.1.8 Steering flat communication
2.3.7.5 Splice, long NO8.1.1-3
2.3.7.5 Splice, short NO2.1.6,
SP23 Spot market 3.1.6.1 Steering gear system NO8.1.1-3,
2.3.7.7 Spreading rate p54
1.3.1.12 Spring line NO2.1.6,
3.3.4.13 Sprinkler system SC3.4.3 9.1.3 Steering gear, arrangement NO8.1.1-3,
3.3.3.4 Sprinkler system SC3.4.3 p54
5.0.1.6 Spurling pipe NO2.1.6,
3.1.6.2 Steering gear, drills/testing
3.1.6.4 Squat NO8.1.4 NO8.1.1-3
2.1.6.3 Sri Lanka NO2.1.6,
3.2.3.3 Stability CHS1.13 EK 2.10 Steering motor NO8.1.1-3,
5.0.1.1 Stability Booklet CHS1.13 p54
1.3.1.1 Stage, size NO2.1.6,
1.0.1.8 Steering panel NO8.1.1-3,
EK 1.22 Stairs
p54
3.4.1.2 Stanchions, care
NO2.1.6,
3.4.1.2 Stanchions, maintenance 1.1.4.1 Steering system
NO8.1.1-3
Standard Marine Communication
1.1.9.3 NO6.1.1 NO2.1.6,
Phrases (SMCP) EK 2.11 Steering system
NO8.1.1-3
X.3.1.4 Standard Ship
NO2.1.6,
1.2.2.1 Standing gear SC1.4.1 EK 3.11 Steering system
NO8.1.1-3
3.1.3.5 Standing orders SC1.4.1
NO2.1.6,
9.2.15 Standing orders SC1.4.1 2.1.6.10 Steering system, emergency
NO8.1.1-3
3.3.6.1 Standing Orders, Company SC1.4.1 NO2.1.6,
3.3.6.1 Standing Orders, Master SC1.4.1 EK 1.10 Steering system, four ram
NO8.1.1-3
1.1.3.5 Star NO1.6.3 NO2.1.6,
Stars, astronomical/ common NO1.6.3, EK 1.10 Steering system, rotary vane
1.1.5.6 NO8.1.1-3
name NO1.10.1 NO2.1.6,
1.3.6.4 Station EK 1.10 Steering system, two ram
NO8.1.1-3
3.3.4.2 Station NO2.1.6,
1.3.1.10 Stations, forward/aft 1.0.1.7 Steering system, type
NO8.1.1-3
EK 3.30 Stations, arrival NO2.1.6,
Stations, communication, 1.0.1.8 Steering, emergency
1.0.1.8 NO8.1.1-3
forward/aft NO2.1.6,
EK 3.30 Stations, departure 9.1.3 Steering, emergency
NO8.1.1-3
2.1.7.6 Stations, forward NO2.1.6,
SP16 Statutory 2.1.3.5 Steering, manual NO8.1.1-3,
1.3.1.9 Stbd side view p54
1.2.3.4 STCW 3.1.6.4 Steering, sheep
3.1.3.6 STCW 2.1.3.5 Steering, vessel
SP3 STCW 1.0.1.8 Stepless control
1.1.9.3 Steady 3.1.3.2 Stepless control
4.1.1.22 Steam traps 1.0.1.8 Stepped control
EK 3.15 Steam, saturated SC3.4.4 1.3.1.12 Stern line
EK 3.15 Steam, superheated SC3.4.4 X.5.0.1.3 Stern, taken to blocks
2.1.6.3 Steaming SC3.4.4 SP4 Stevedore
3.2.3.1 Steel coils CHS1.2.4 1.1.10.1 Stevenson’s screen
3.2.1.5 Steel pipes, cargo, securing SC2.2.1 2.3.8.1 Stitches, types
3.2.3.1 Steel plates SC2.1.13 2.3.8.1 Stitching, canvas
3.3.2.5 Steel plates SC2.1.13 1.1.9.4 Stitching, flag
2.3.3.2 Steel, mild/galvanized 2.1.4.1 Stop watch
NO2.1.6, 1.3.1.11 Stopper, chain
EK 2.12 Steering
NO8.1.1-3 1.0.1.7 Store rooms
NO2.1.6, CHS1.3.12,
EK 3.12 Steering 2.3.7.9 Stores, deck, inventory
NO8.1.1-3 SC2.1.12
NO2.1.6, 1.2.1.10 Storm valves
1.3.6.2 Steering failure
NO8.1.1-3 2.1.5.1 Storm, approach
NO2.1.6, SP26 Stowage, broken
1.0.1.7 Steering flat
NO8.1.1-3 X.4.1.3.B.1 Stowage, hoses SC3.1.5
NO2.1.6,
EK 1.11 Steering flat 2.1.7.3 Stowaways SC6.3.1
NO8.1.1-3
Page 27 of 32
3.3.6.4 Stowaway SC6.3.1 1.2.3.8 Tallying, cargo
X.4.1.3.C.4 Straining system 3.3.1.4 Tank capacities
5.0.1.11 Strake, numbers X.5.0.1.3 Tank draining
5.0.1.16 Strake, numbers 1.2.1.13 Tank level
5.0.1.4 Strakes, identification/numbering 1.2.1.4 Tank lids CHST3.1.8
1.1.10.2 Stratus, type 1.2.1.5 Tank lids CHST3.1.8
1.1.10.3 Streaks 1.0.1.7 Tank openings
3.3.3.7 Stretcher party 4.1.3.9 Tank temperature sensors CHS1.9.2
1.3.5.3 Stretcher, Neil Robertson 1.2.1.9 Tank top connection
1.2.1.12 Striker plate, dimensions 4.1.3.17 Tank, aft peak
1.2.1.12 Striker plate, function 1.3.6.3 Tank, ballast
X.1.2.1 Stringers 3.3.1.2 Tank, bilge
4.1.1.16 Stripper pump CHST2.2.18 EK 2.22 Tank, bilge, holding
4.1.1.4 Stripping line, suction, cargo 3.2.1.7 Tank, bunker
2.1.6.7 Stylus EK 3.9 Tank, bunker
3.3.2.1 Submerged 1.2.1.8 Tank, capacity
SP32 Suez EK 2.7 Tank, capacity
SP24 Suezmax 1.2.1.8 Tank, dimensions
1.3.6.3 Summer EK 3.9 Tank, DO
1.1.3.5 Sun 1.3.2.6 Tank, double bottom SC1.4.2
3.1.1.3 Sunrise/Sunset time EK 3.9 Tank, FO
SP19 Superintendent, vessel 1.3.2.6 Tank, forepeak
1.1.1.10 Superstructure 4.1.3.17 Tank, forepeak
3.2.3.6 Supervision, loading CHST1.2.9 1.2.1.15 Tank, forepeak
2.1.5.2 Supplementary Ship EK 1.16 Tank, fresh water CHS1.1.10
1.3.2.1 Surface preparation EK 3.23 Tank, fresh water, potable CHS1.1.10
2.3.7.7 Surface preparation EK 3.22 Tank, hydrophore, fresh water
9.2.22 Surface preparation EK 3.9 Tank, LO
2.3.3.2 Surface preparation, procedure 3.4.1.7 Tank, oil, fuel
4.1.1.4 Surge, pressure CHST1.2.3 4.1.1.31 Tank, slop, port
3.4.1.3 Surging vessel, dangers 4.1.1.32 Tankers
3.4.1.3 Surging, vessel 3.3.2.2 Tanks
3.3.2.5 Survey, Annual 1.2.1.12 Tanks, ballast
3.3.2.5 Survey, Renewal 1.2.1.16 Tanks, ballast
Survey, Safety Construction 4.1.1.1 Tanks, ballast
3.3.2.4
Renewal 3.3.1.4 Tanks, bunker
3.3.2.4 Surveyor 1.2.1.7 Tanks, cargo
3.3.2.5 Surveyor 4.1.1.1 Tanks, cargo
SP4 Surveyor, cargo X.4.1.3.B.3 Tanks, cargo
3.3.6.5 Surveys, statutory X.4.1.3.B.8 Tanks, cargo
SC4.5.1, X.4.1.3.C.6 Tanks, cargo
3.3.4.11 Survival craft
SC4.5.10 EK 2.11 Tanks, hydraulic
SC4.5.1, 1.2.1.15 Tanks, layout
9.1.11 Survival craft
SC4.5.10 4.1.1.27 Tanks, LOT
2.1.5.1 Swell 4.1.1.19 Tanks, slop
2.1.5.2 Swell X.4.1.3.C.3 Tanks, slop
EK 3.13 Swell 1.2.1.16 Tanks, water, fresh CHS1.1.10
2.1.5.1 Swell measurement 2.1.8.3 Target, characteristics
2.3.5.2 Switch, maintenance 5.0.1.17 TBT
1.2.2.3 SWL 2.1.7.9 TCPA
3.2.2.2 SWL 2.1.8.4 TCPA
EK 1.26 SWL, crane X.2.1.7.9 TCPA
1.2.2.1 SWL 3.3.3.5 Teams
1.1.1.10 Symbols 3.3.3.7 Teams
X.2.2.2 Symbols 3.1.3.7 Teamwork techniques
1.1.3.8 Synchronization, repeaters 3.1.3.2 Telegraph control
2.3.4.1 System, maintenance 1.0.1.8 Telegraph, operation
3.3.3.3 System, maintenance 3.1.6.2 Telegraph, operation
3.1.6.5 Tactical diameter EK 2.12 Telemotor system, failure
2.1.6.11 Taking over X.1.0.1.1 Telephone, location
Page 28 of 32
Telex message, transmission 3.3.1.4 Topping off CHST1.2.4
3.1.7.2
procedure 2.2.2.4 Topping, crane/derrick
3.2.1.7 Temperature 2.2.2.2 Topping, derricks, heavy lift CHS1.11.2
4.1.1.31 Temperature 3.3.5.3 Tourniquet
EK 1.17 Temperature 4.1.1.31 TOV
EK 2.2 Temperature 1.3.4.10 TPA specifications
1.2.1.11 Temperature pipes 2.1.1.9 Traffic Separation Schemes (TSS)
EK 2.14 Temperature, boiler Traffic, converging,
2.1.6.12
4.1.3.11 Temperature, cargo CHS1.9.2 day/night/restricted visibility
X.4.1.3.A.4 Temperature, design limitations 3.1.6.6 Traffic, dense
2.1.5.2 Temperature, dry 2.3.1.5 Traffic, passing
4.1.1.21 Temperature, high, prevention SP23 Tramp
Temperature, maximum, heating, 5.0.1.1 Transducer, echo sounder NO1.9.12
4.1.1.22 CHS1.9.2
cargo 5.0.1.13 Transducer, echo sounder NO1.9.12
2.1.5.2 Temperature, wet X.5.0.1.5 Transducer, echo sounder NO1.9.12
4.1.3.16 Temperature, sub-zero 5.0.1.13 Transducer, log, speed
X.4.1.3.A.6 Terminal X.1.1.7.10 Transducers, echo sounder NO1.9.12
1.1.3.5 Terrestrial object 3.1.6.5 Transfer
3.1.7.5 Test mode, operating procedure 4.1.1.20 Transfer, cargo
9.1.9 Thermal protective aids SP26 Transshipment
1.3.4.10 Thermal Protective Aids (TPA) 2.1.10.3 Transmission procedure
3.3.4.1 Thermal protective aids (TPA) X.1.2.1 Transverse
2.3.5.1 Thermal protective aids 1.3.2.6 Transverse section view
3.3.4.1 Thermal protective aids 1.3.4.6 Tricing pendant
1.3.4.10 Thermal protective aids, number 5.0.1.1 Trim
1.1.10.1 Thermometer CHST2.2.6 4.1.1.13 Trim, minimum requirement
2.3.7.7 Thinners 3.2.1.4 Trimming, ventilators CHS1.6.2
3.1.7.10 Three letter hoists 4.1.1.16 Trips, COP
3.2.2.3 Thrust, heel 1.1.10.5 Tropical Revolving Storm (TRS)
5.0.1.7 Thrusters, bow 1.1.10.5 Trough
3.1.6.2 Thrusters 3.1.4.1 TRS
5.0.1.7 Thrusters, stern 3.1.3.11 True Motion display, advantages
NO1.1.5, True Motion display,
2.1.1.5 Tidal conditions 3.1.3.11
NO1.3.5 disadvantages
1.1.1.5 Tidal influence NO1.1.5 2.1.1.9 TSS
2.1.1.4 Tidal information NO1.1.5 2.3.1.6 Tug boat, precautions NO8.2.13
NO1.1.5, 1.3.1.10 Tug, making fast NO8.2.13
3.1.1.3 Tidal predictions
NO1.3.5 2.1.9.4 Tugs NO8.2.13
NO1.1.5, X.1.1.7 Tuning, Radar
3.1.1.2 Tide, bore/ebb
NO1.3.5 EK 3.18 Turbine washing
NO1.1.5, EK 1.13 Turbocharger, make
1.1.1.10 Tide, flood
NO1.3.5 EK 2.16 Turbocharger, purpose
NO1.1.5, EK 1.13 Turbocharger, type
3.1.1.2 Tide, flood/range/neap/ spring
NO1.3.4 EK 1.13 Turbochargers, number
1.1.7.2 Time 3.3.4.8 Turn, stbd
3.1.6.2 Time delay 3.1.6.5 Turning circle
EK 2.6 Time delay EK 2.3 Turning gear
4.1.1.25 Time delay, purpose 3.1.6.3 Turns, types
3.1.5.4 Time Log, entries 3.1.1.3 Twilight time
1.1.4.2 Time setting, procedure 2.1.4.2 Two letter hoist
Time to closest point of approach 1.1.5.5 Two points, abaft beam, port
1.1.7.2 NO3.2.3
(TCPA) SP8 ULCC
1.1.1.11 Tokyo CHS1.9.1,
3.1.7.7 Tokyo 3.3.1.4 Ullage
CHST1.2.5
3.2.1.5 Tomming, cargo CHS1.9.1,
3.4.1.9 Tonnage, mark 4.1.1.30 Ullage measurement, instruments
CHST1.2.5
SP5 Tonnage, gross/net 4.1.1.1 Ullage points CHS1.9.1
SP6 Tonnage, Panama Canal 4.1.1.30 Ullage port CHS1.9.1
SP6 Tonnage, Suez Canal 4.1.1.31 Ullage sheet CHS1.9.1
1.2.3.1 Tons per Centimeter Immersion
4.1.1.31 Ullage tables CHS1.9.1
4.1.1.13 Top wash
Page 29 of 32
CHS1.9.1, Variable Range Marker (VRM),
4.1.1.13 Ullage, commencement, top wash X.1.1.7
CHST1.2.5 Radar
CHS1.9.1, 2.1.2.4 Variation
4.1.1.31 Ullage, corrected
CHST1.2.5 1.1.3.9 Variation, magnetic
CHS1.9.1, 4.1.1.31 VCF
4.1.1.31 Ullage, observed
CHST1.2.5 X.3.1.2 VDR requirements
CHS1.9.1, X.2.1.7.9 Vector, relative
3.2.1.7 Ullages
CHST1.2.5 X.2.1.7.9 Vector, true
CHS1.9.1, 3.2.1.4 Ventilation
4.1.1.28 Ullages, tank, cargo
CHST1.2.5 3.3.3.6 Ventilation cut-off system
CHS1.9.1, 1.2.3.9 Ventilation, checks
4.1.1.30 Ullaging, closed
CHST1.2.5 3.3.3.7 Ventilator party
3.3.2.5 Ultrasonic test 1.2.1.11 Ventilators, closing arrangement CHS1.6.3
X.2.2.2 Umbrella 4.1.1.23 Ventilators, location CHS1.6.0
EK 1.20 UMS 1.2.1.11 Ventilators, location CHS1.6.0
3.1.3.2 UMS mode 1.1.8.5 Vertical angle, sextant
1.0.1.8 UMS mode 2.1.6.3 Vertical angle, sextant
1.3.6.3 Unconscious, crew member, deck 3.1.7.9 Vessel length
1.2.1.9 Under deck connection 3.4.1.3 Vessel surging, prevention
2.1.6.6 Under keel depth 3.4.1.3 Vessel surging, reasons
4.1.1.32 Under pressurization 3.4.1.4 Vessel, afloat
X.4.1.3.B.8 Under pressurization SP18 Vessel, class
3.1.7.9 Underway but stopped SP26 Vessel, daughter
SP19 Undesired event 3.4.1.4 Vessel, in dry dock
X.5.0.1.5 Undocking, checks SP26 Vessel, mother
X.5.0.1.5 Undocking, procedure/precautions SP1 Vessel, organizational chart
2.2.2.5 Union purchase 2.1.7.1 Vessel, preparation for sea
United Kingdom Hydrographic SP18 Vessel, registry
1.1.1.1
Office SP7 Vessel, registry
Unreeving, rope, wire, left/right 2.1.7.6 Vessel, securing
1.2.2.7 CHS1.2.4
hand SP8 Vessel, seismic
X.1.3.1 Up and down 1.3.6.4 VHF NO5.1.4
2.1.1.1 US Chart Catalogue 3.1.7.6 VHF NO5.1.4
2.1.1.1 US charts 3.3.4.2 VHF NO5.1.4
3.1.1.3 UTC 9.2.20 VHF NO5.1.4
4.1.1.29 UTI operation manual 1.1.9.7 VHF Channel NO5.1.4
4.1.1.4 Valve opening/closing time CHS1.2.4 2.1.9.4 VHF Channels NO5.1.4
EK 3.1 Valve, exhaust CHS1.2.4 2.1.10.3 VHF DSC NO5.1.4
4.1.1.15 Valve, controls CHS1.2.4 2.1.10.6 VHF DSC NO5.1.4
EK 1.23 Valve, sea chest CHS1.2.4 2.1.4.3 VHF equipment, particulars NO5.1.4
1.2.1.10 Valve, storm CHS1.2.4 1.1.9.7 VHF Log NO5.1.4
4.1.1.22 Valves CHS1.2.4 1.1.9.3 VHF transmission, mistake NO5.1.4
X.1.2.1.15 Valves, forepeak CHS1.2.4 3.3.4.2 VHF, Channel 16 NO5.1.4
3.3.1.4 Valves, closed CHS1.2.4 2.1.4.3 VHF, operating procedures NO5.1.4
4.1.1.4 Valves, in tanks CHS1.2.4 3.1.7.3 VHF, operation NO5.1.4
4.1.1.4 Valves, makes/types/ sizes CHS1.2.4 SP9 Visa
1.2.1.10 Valves, non-return, deck CHS1.2.4 EK 3.8 Viscosity, units
1.2.1.10 Valves, non-return CHS1.2.4 2.1.5.2 Visibility
5.0.1.19 Valves, NR CHS1.2.4 3.1.3.1 Visibility, good
4.1.1.4 Valves, on deck CHS1.2.4 3.1.3.1 Visibility, restricted
3.3.1.4 Valves, open CHS1.2.4 3.1.6.6 Visibility, restricted
X.1.2.1.15 Valves, operating system CHS1.2.4 2.3.1.4 Visitor Log NO6.3.1
4.1.1.21 Valves, operation CHS1.2.4 2.1.9.7 Visual Aids
5.0.1.19 Valves, overhaul CHS1.2.4 3.3.2.5 Visual test
4.1.1.32 Valves, pressure/vacuum (PV) CHS1.2.4 1.1.7.13 Visual, fix NO1.6.4
4.1.1.4 Valves, PV CHS1.2.4 SP8 VLCC
5.0.1.19 Valves, storm CHS1.2.4 3.3.2.2 Void spaces
5.0.1.11 Valves, types CHS1.2.4 4.1.1.1 Void spaces
4.1.1.4 Vapor pipelines CHS1.2.4 4.1.3.6 Void spaces
4.1.1.32 Vapor recovery system
4.1.1.32 Vapor return line 4.1.1.20 Volume, oil
Page 30 of 32
1.2.1.16 Volumes 2.1.7.5 Weather NO6.2.5
1.1.1.9 Voyage charts NO1.1.1 1.1.10.6 Weather charts, surface NO6.2.5
1.1.1.9 Voyage publications NO1.1.1 2.1.7.8 Weather effects NO6.2.5
X.4.1.3.C.6 Voyages, bulk, dry 1.1.1.13 Weather forecast NO6.2.5
3.1.7.3 W/T, operation 1.1.10.4 Weather Report, form NO6.2.5
3.1.7.3 W/T, silence periods 2.1.5.2 Weather Report, form NO6.2.5
1.1.9.3 Walk back port anchor NO8.2.15 X.3.1.4 Weather Report, forms NO6.2.5
1.1.9.3 Walk out, port anchor NO8.2.15 2.1.5.2 Weather, bad NO6.2.5
Walkie-talkie equipment, 3.1.6.6 Weather, bad NO6.2.5
2.1.4.3 NO6.4.4
particulars 3.3.2.15 Weather, bad NO6.2.5
Walkie-talkie, operating 3.1.6.4 Weather, calm NO6.2.5
2.1.4.3 NO6.4.4
procedures 1.1.10.4 Weather, daily observations NO6.2.5
X.1.3.1 Walking back 2.1.5.2 Weather, daily observations NO6.2.5
1.3.1.10 Warp X.3.1.4 Weather, daily observations NO6.2.5
1.3.1.4 Waste management plan 2.1.5.1 Weather, fine
1.1.9.3 Watch 2.2.1.1 Weather tight doors
NO2.3.3, 1.2.1.4 Weather tightness
NO2.3.4, 1.1.10.5 Wedge
2.1.6.11 Watch, anchor/ navigation/at sea
NO2.3.1, 1.2.1.5 Wedges
NO2.4.5 5.0.1.14 Weight, anode
NO2.3.3, 3.2.1.7 Weight, cargo, liquid
NO2.3.4, 1.1.6.4 West
3.1.3.6 Watch, anchor/at sea
NO2.3.1, 1.3.2.13 Wet film thickness (WFT)
NO2.4.5 2.3.7.7 Wet film thickness (WFT)
Watch, look out, day/night/ X.4.1.3.C.3 Wet mode
1.1.5.3 NO2.3.1
restricted visibility 1.1.10.1 Whirling psychrometer
9.2.2 Watch, navigational NO2.3.1-3 3.1.3.2 Whistle system, ship, make
3.1.3.8 Watch, navigational, at sea NO2.3.1-3 1.1.10.3 White horses
2.1.6.12 Watch, precautions NO2.3.1-3 SP8 White product carrier
4.1.1.32 Water freezing, prevention SP13 WHO
EK 2.15 Water hammering 2.3.8.2 Width, standard, canvas
3.4.1.11 Water line 9.1.13 Williamson’s turn
1.3.1.3 Water logging 3.1.6.3 Williamson’s Turn, execution
3.3.4.9 Water rations, dispensation 1.2.1.5 Winch CHST2.2.18
5.0.1.2 Water supply, dry dock 1.3.1.11 Winch CHST2.2.18
2.1.8.4 Waters, coastal 3.2.2.3 Winch CHST2.2.18
Water tight arrangement, 2.2.2.4 Winch operations CHST2.2.18
2.2.1.5 SC2.1.7
maintenance
CHST2.2.18,
2.2.1.1 Water tight doors SC2.1.7 1.3.4.4 Winch, lifeboat davit, care
SC4.5.8
2.2.1.5 Water tight doors SC2.1.7 1.1.6.4 Wind
2.2.1.2 Water tight Integrity Checklist 1.1.10.3 Wind direction/force NO2.5.6
2.2.1.4 Water tight integrity, doors 2.1.5.1 Wind, offshore NO2.5.6
X.5.0.1.5 Water tight integrity, hull 1.3.1.11 Windlass
X.5.0.1.5 Water tight integrity, valves 4.1.1.4 Wing tanks, suction, branch line
3.3.3.6 Water tight openings 3.1.3.1 Wing, bridge
2.2.1.2 Water tight openings, maintenance SC2.1.7 1.3.4.4 Wire fall, lifeboat, construction
2.1.7.1 Water tightness 1.2.2.3 Wire rope material, types CHS1.2.3
2.1.5.1 Wave 1.2.2.3 Wire rope, construction CHS1.2.3
1.1.10.6 Wave charts 4.1.2.3 Wire tending, discharging CHS1.10.1
2.1.5.1 Wave measurement 4.1.2.3 Wire tending, loading CHS1.10.1
1.1.10.3 Wavelets
Wire, construction/size/lay/
1.1.10.3 Waves 1.3.1.11 CHS1.2.3
material
2.1.5.1 Waves, harbor, sheltered, height NO8.2.1,
2.1.5.1 Waves, sea, height 1.3.1.12 Wire, mooring, handling
CHS1.10.1
1.3.6.4 Waving 2.2.2.4 Wire, runner
1.1.6.5 Waypoint, ETA 1.3.1.12 Wire, slip
1.1.6.1 Waypoints, voyage 1.2.1.5 Wires
4.1.1.31 WCF
1.1.10.5 Weather NO6.2.5 2.3.3.2 Wood work
Page 31 of 32
Task No. Key Words TRB Task Done

1.3.1.1 Wood, size
1.3.1.1 Wood, type
9.1.4 Work permits
1.3.1.1 Working aloft SC2.1.2
2.2.3.2 Working cargo, port
1.3.1.1 Working overside SC2.1.3
1.0.1.7 Workshop
EK 1.25 Workshop, engine room NO6.4.3
1.1.1.1 World charts
2.3.6.3 Wounds, treatment SC5.1.2
1.1.1.10 Wreck
EK 2.32 Wrench, slogging
EK 2.32 Wrench, socket
3.3.2.5 X-ray test
X.1.1.3.3 Zenith distance
1.1.1.8 Zones, Load line
3.1.1.2 Zones, Load line
LEGEND:
NO
~ Navigation at the Operational Level
CHS
~ Cargo Handling and Stowage at the Operational Level
CHST
~ Cargo Handling and Stowage – Tasks for Tankers
SC
~ Controlling the Operation of the Ship and Care for
Persons on Board at the Operational Level
Page 32 of 32
DAILY WORKBOOK
TRAINING LOG BOOK
PORT LOG BOOK
PROJECT WORKBOOK
DAILY WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3 Book: 1 / 2 / 3
Instructions
1. The Daily workbook should be inspected by the STO regularly during his review of cadet’s
training progress prior to his signing in ISF-TRB, Summary of record progress.
2. Cadet should document the daily work assigned to him and shall describe the learning
achieved by doing the work.
Your Daily workbook is like your journals. Write clearly and neatly.
Inclusive Dates:
Your Daily workbook is like your journals. Write clearly and neatly.
Inclusive Dates:
TRAINING LOG BOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Instructions
1. This Training Log is to be filled in addition to the ISF- TRB.
2. Entries pertaining to Drills, Computer Base Training Program (CBT), Videos, Demonstrations
or any other type of training method used should be entered.
3. A brief description of the training process should be written. It is important that the cadet
should write the lesson learned from carrying out such training.
4. If a video is seen more than once, the descriptions, etc. need not be repeated. However, the
cadet should make a reference of the same. If any new lessons are learned from the same
training, then this should also be entered.
5. A reference to IMO publications (SOLAS, MARPOL, ISM, etc.) should be made for any
training, where applicable.
6. The cadet is encouraged to draw, use photographs, etc. to elaborate his understanding of the
lesson learned.
Training Log Index
Sq. Sq.
Date Training Date Training
No No
Total Trainings
Cadet’s
Signature
STO’s Signature
Date
Note: Date format: mm/dd/yy

Date:
Time:
Location:
Description of training and lessons learned:
(Identify the type of training i.e. Drill, Video, CBT, Demonstration, Lecture or Personal Experience)
Date:
Time:
Location:
Description of training and lessons learned:
(Identify the type of training i.e. Drill, Video, CBT, Demonstration, Lecture or Personal Experience)
PORT LOGBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:

Port Log Index
Sq. Voy. Departure Date /

Port Arrival Date / Time
No No. Time
Port Log Index
Sq. Voy. Departure Date /

Port Arrival Date / Time
No No. Time
PORT LOG
Name of Port Arvl.Date Time
Country Language
Capital
Brief History of the Country (only on first visit)
National Flag (Draw and Color)

Pictures / Photographs
PROJECT WORKBOOK
Name:
CMS ID No: School:
Company:
Stage: 1 / 2 / 3
Instructions
1. One Project Workbook will be issued for each stage.
2. The Project shall be done on any subject of particular interest to the cadet. It will be most
appropriate to write about some work being done on board or an experience that the vessel
undergoes (e.g. overhaul of gyro compass, proof load of cranes, fouling of anchors, accidents,
etc.).
3. The purpose of a Project is to get in-depth knowledge of a particular subject after referring to
the instruction manuals, technical experts, experience of various shipboard and shore staff,
internet, etc.
4. It is suggested that the cadet start the project work at the end of the 4th month on board and he
shall complete the same before signing off the vessel. The cadet shall submit the Project to
NTC-M upon its completion.
5. Project shall be elaborate and contains sufficient photographs and drawings to explain and
support the text.
6. The Project should be written in a neat and legible handwriting.

Project Title:
Is given to
For taking part of a Deck Watch Keeping during Maneuvering and Cargo
Operations under the supervision of the Marine Officer.
Signed:
Officer-In-Charge Date/Place Master

SSTP Deck Complete-Unprotected

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

SSTP Deck Complete-Unprotected

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

CADET’S GUIDANCE IN THE USE OF SSTP/CRB

1.0 FAMILIARIZATION IN SAFETY MATTERS

1.1 NAVIGATION AT OPERATIONAL LEVEL

2.1 NAVIGATION AT OPERATIONAL LEVEL

2.2 CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL

3.1 NAVIGATION AT OPERATIONAL LEVEL

3.2 CARGO HANDLING AND STOWAGE AT THE OPERATIONAL LEVEL

4.0 TANKER WORK

5.0 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT PROTECTION

ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF SSTP

Cadet selection programme and Medical Examination

Two (2) years foundation subjects in accordance with CHED, STCW/

Shipboard Familiarization including additional upgrading courses

12 Months sea service including supervised Deck Watch Keeping

Assessment of Structured Training Record Book, ISF-TRB, Sea-Service

1 year in School/ Academy to complete academic requirements for

Officer –in-charge of Navigational Watch Operational Level

3. is ad equ a te ly do cu me n ted in a tr aining record book or similar do cu me n t.

Objective of NTC-M Structured Training Programme

 g a ins a w e ll-round ed p er spectiv e of all sh ipboard op er ations

Fun c tion 1 : N av iga tion a t Op era tion a l L ev e l

Each of the abo ve function s i s divided in to 3 stage s:

Th e Cad e t w ill a lso be exp ec ted to:

He will also b e exp ected to ma intain th e fo llowing :

1. Por t Log To be f illed in for ev ery por t that th e sh ip v isit

At th e end of each qu arter, the Cad e t shall sub mi t t h e t e a r - o f f q u a r te r l y r e p o r t t o N T C- M a f te r

The following icons have been used:

The cadet is required to sketch/draw neatly to demonstrate his understanding of the

Monthly Workbook 1 – Familiarization Workbook

Monthly Workbooks 2-7

Dry Docking Workbook

Cadet Completes monthly

Received by the vessel

NTC-M forwards report

Total Passing Marks Passing %

Procedure if workbook not submitted or Cadet not achieving passing grades

TRAINING COURSES CERTIFICATE No. DATE ISSUED

Copy the Crew List of your vessel (Name,

Demonstrate recognition of the alarm

Identify the duties and responsibilities of

A. State the make/type of smoke/fire

Read and note down in your workbook the

A. Locate the emergency generator room.

A. Locate the emergency fire pump.

A. Carry out routine maintenance on fire

Visit the following areas and give

Explain the importance of adhering to

Identify locations of company manuals for

Demonstrate knowledge on company’s

Demonstrate knowledge on company’s

A. Demonstrate knowledge on ship’s

CMS ID No: School:

Vessel: Type of Vessel:

Sq. Marks Sq. Marks

1.1.1 Consult Navigational Publications

A. Locate the Sailing Directions on your vessel

E. Consult the List of Lights and give the

A. How many volumes of Tide Tables does the

A. Locate the publication “Ocean Passages for

Using Admiralty Chart 5011 (or USCG chart no.

A. In your workbook, paste a typical

g a ins a w e ll-round ed p er spectiv e of all sh ipboard op er ations